Please note that this BASIC SUBSCRIPTION module does NOT contain the UBE MASTER outline. Furthermore, while content on the FULL PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTION contains topic priorities for the upcoming exam, the material available with this subscription does NOT contain any such priorities. Please make sure to review the samples of the available materials before you subscribe.

 

INTERMEDIATE SUBSCRIPTION

The Seperac Intermediate Subscription consists of the following materials/information (click on the Read More links for further details and/or samples):

COMBINED MBE-MEE MATERIALS

• Intermediate Seperac MBE-MEE Outline (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

The most important component of this subscription is the INTERMEDIATE SEPERAC MBE-MEE outline. This outline is what will contribute the most to your overall UBE score. Subscribers find this outline extremely helpful to their studies because it reflects the current MBE and MEE better than any other commercial condensed outline. Each subscription contains a different version of the outline (the Basic Subscription has the most basic version of this MBE-MEE outline while the Full Premium Subscription has the most comprehensive/advanced version). I used this outline in 2005 to score a 162 on the MBE and I have been improving it ever since. This outline is a “dense” condensed outline. Due to the wide range of content that can be tested on the MBE and MEE, a denser outline is the more appropriate choice to study for the upcoming exam. For example, a subscriber who scored a 174 on the MBE in NY and then a 177 on the MBE in NJ told me: “… as far as the MBE is concerned, your outlines have been most useful since you emphasize the fine distinctions” This outline contains the black letter law and past tested MEE issues for the 14 MBE-MEE subjects. It is keyed to the 2018 NCBE Subject Matter outlines and broken down into 364 different categories that represent the ABC level items in the 2018 NCBE Subject Matter outlines. If you don't have a good set of outlines for the exam, I strongly suggest you use mine. This outline should be an excellent representation of the upcoming MBE and MEE. For example, the new areas the MBE currently tests (e.g. Fair Housing Act, broker’s commissions, title insurance, zoning/non-conforming uses, voluminous summaries, and many more) are proportionally and contextually covered in the outline. I strongly believe you can pick up 5-10 MBE points just from my outline’s coverage of these new MBE areas (which most other outlines fail to cover appropriately). For each of the 364 categories, the estimated number of MBE questions an examinee should see from each category, the frequency of appearance of each category on the MEE and the average MEE point value is reported for each category. Please note that this outline is not the SEPERAC UBE MASTER OUTLINE, but rather, a lite-version of it. Essentially, the INTERMEDIATE SEPERAC MBE-MEE outline is the SEPERAC UBE MASTER outline without the priorities (which enables examinees limited in study-time to ignore the lower priority topics), the study-time allocation suggestions, the 1,800+ MBE rules from past released NCBE MBE exams, the MBE hypotheticals based on recent MBE concepts, the short examples, the highlighting of most likely tested-topics for the upcoming exam, the MEE topic/issue hyperlinks that take you to the MEE topic summaries and released MEE exam answers, or my proportionality editing.

To explain it another way, the INTERMEDIATE SEPERAC MBE-MEE outline (390 pages) is essentially the Basic Seperac MBE+MEE Outline (299 pages) plus 1,300 built-in MEE issues. With issue-spotting being the most important aspect of a passing MEE answer, you can use this outline to efficiently understanding the wide range of issues relevant to each previously tested MEE legal topic and improve your issue-spotting ability. The MEE issues will also help with the MBE because I have found that MEE issues have been turned into MBE questions (especially with Civil Procedure). I explain in detail the different Seperac MBE+MEE Outlines and the UBE MASTER Outline here.

MBE MATERIALS/ADVICE

MBE Study Spreadsheet Click here to read more

MBE Study Sheet

The MBE Study Spreadasheet is an Excel spreadsheet designed for examinees to enter and track their MBE testing progress. You not only enter your scores, but also your times. The spreadsheet reports a summary of your scores and also calculates your scaled score based on the practice test or based on the MBE subject. The spreadsheet will also track your daily or week-to-week progress and report averages such as number of questions per day. In addition, your percentages for each MBE subject (or the entire MBE for Mixed) is compared to the National Mean for that exam from 1995-2004 (NCBE stopped releasing raw scores by MBE subject in 2005). The MBE Scaling is based on a combination of released NY MBE scales. The scale is different depending on whether it is the July or the February exam. The Scaled Score estimate will give you an idea of how you will score on the actual exam (keep in mind that this MBE scale could differ by as many as 12 points, especially for very low or very high scores since the scale is based on the skill-level of that particular pool of examinees). The MBE Study Spreadasheet will analyze scores and additional inormation you enter and break it down by MBE subject. Tracking this information will give you insight into where your problem areas are. For example, you will know how often you were positive your choice was the right answer but turned out to be the wrong answer. By assessing your testing process, you can improve it.

This MBE Study Spreadsheet is designed for you to efficiently track your MBE testing progress. Examinees should independently keep track of their MBE practice answers so that they can re-test themselves later. Keeping track of your times in the MBE Study Spreadsheet over a long period will give you a better idea of whether you will have timing issues on the MBE (for example, most examinees find that Property questions generally take the longest to answer). Also, by examining your scores broken-down by MBE subject, you can see where your problem areas are. You can also gauge your progress by comparing it to mine. Please keep in mind that your areas of improvement/study style could be entirely different. Click on the images to view larger versions of the Excel MBE Study Sheet workbook pages.

MBE Study Sheet
• MBE Legal Terminology List (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

Over the past few years, I have been building a list of doctrines, rules, tests and legal terminology that appear in MBE answer choices which has evolved into a 17-page MBE LEGAL TERMINOLOGY list. The primary purpose of the list is to efficiently familiarize examinees with tricky/unfamiliar/obscure legal terms used on the MBE so that examinees will not encounter a distractor they do not know. Please note that this is not an all encompassing list of MBE legal terms, but I estimate it covers the majority of potentially unfamiliar distractors on the MBE. Put simply, an examinee is less likely to be "tricked" by an MBE question if they are familiar with these terms. Please also note that the definitions are not not comprehensive – they are short definitions intended to give you a basic understanding of the legal term. The MBE subject generally pertaining to the legal term is in parenthesis (e.g. CIV=Civil Procedure, CNL=Constitutional Law, CTR=Contracts, CRM=Criminal Law/Procedure, EVD=Evidence, RLP=Real Property and TOR=Torts). This list is prioritized with the most commonly appearing legal terminology listed at the top. The legal terms are also designated via color coding as of HIGH, MEDIUM, and LOW importance:

High – Legal term in Blue has appeared in multiple prior NCBE MBE Qs
Medium - Legal term in Green has appeared in at least 1 prior NCBE MBE Q
Low - Legal term in Orange has not appeared in a prior NCBE MBE Q

Examinees should give this list a few quick reads and make sure they understand all the HIGH and MEDIUM legal terms because it will probably save you from a few wrong answers on the MBE.

MBE Online Flashcard exams (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

The MBE Flashcard exams are straightforward short answer Yes/No questions on the types of scenarios you may see on the MBE along with the black letter law answers. If you do not have time to answer these “MBE flashcard exams”, there is an MBE Flashcard Question List consisting of these 600+ questions and answers in a condensed format, grouped by subject. Examinees who do not take the MBE Flashcard Exams should review these questions, as they represent the “nuances” you may see tested on the MBE. These MBE Flashcard exams exams are intended to supplement an examinee's MBE knowledge base in a more efficient manner. These flashcard questions are a great way to introduce yourself to the MBE law that is tested on the MBE in small sets of 20 questions. For example:

QUESTION: Bailey places an order with Sam for a set of knives. Sam receives the order, put passes away before accepting the offer or shipping the knives. Sam's executor, appointed to wind up Sam's affairs, finds the order and ships out the knives. When Bailey receives the knives, he learns that Sam has died and rejects the knives. Does Sam's estate have an enforceable contract?

ANSWER: The Answer is No. An offeree's power to accept is terminated when the offeree or the offeror dies or is deprived of legal capacity to enter into the contract, unless the offer is irrevocable, in which case only the offeree's death or incompetence will terminate the offer. Here, the death of the offeree Sam prior to acceptance immediately terminates the offer.

A small sample Flashcard exam can be tested here.

Each MBE Flashcard exam consists of a set of 20 questions in a specific MBE subject based on Constitutional Law, Contracts, Criminal Law/Procedure, Evidence, Property, and Torts (Civil Procedure questions to be added as time permits). There are currently 34 sets, meaning 680 questions in total. These exams can be taken on your computer or on your mobile device, so you can test yourself while at lunch, commuting, etc. Examinees should strive to do 1 set a day (34 days total).

The MBE Flashcard exams began as quick reviews of the ALI Restatement illustrations. The Restatements are treatises published by the American Law Institute that reflect the consensus of the American legal community as to what the law is, and, in some cases, what it should become. Examinees can use the Restatements to obtain clear and concise statements of the law as well as comments upon and illustrations of those rules of law. Although the Restatements are a secondary authority, they are probably the most highly regarded of the secondary authorities. Because the Restatements distill the "black letter law" from cases, I find that they are relied upon by the MBE question writers. In my research on MBE questions, I found that the MBE sometimes tests Restatement hypotheticals almost verbatim. For example, a recent MBE question dealt with a singer who was injured because of a faulty wiring installation that caused smoke on a stage that ruined the singer's vocal cords. The question asked whether the negligent wiring installer was liable for millions of dollars in economic damages due to the singer's lost career. One of the choices stated that the negligent installer was not liable because the claim of 10+ million dollars in damages was not reasonably foreseeable. If this were a contract issue, then the issue of foreseeability of damages would arise. However, in regards to damages in torts, foreseeability of the damages is not an issue. In torts, this is called the “eggshell skull” or “thin-skull” rule. An illustration from the Restatement of the Law, Third, Torts: Liability for Physical and Emotional Harm explains it well (the MBE question was likely based on this Torts Restatement illustration):

3. Jennifer was driving her automobile, manufactured by Benessere Motor Co., on an Interstate highway when the voltage regulator in the car failed due to negligent installation. The failure caused the battery fluid to boil, which produced toxic fumes that reached the interior of the car. Jennifer suffered chronic vocal-cord dysfunction as a result. Jennifer was a popular vocal performer who earned several million dollars each year. All of Jennifer's lost earnings due to her vocal-cord injury are within the scope of Benessere's liability for its negligence, as a matter of law. The thin-skull rule is applicable to all forms of tortious conduct, whether accidental or intentional.

This is often referred to as the Shabby Millionaire Rule. For example, if a tortfeasor runs over what looks like a vagabond but is really the CEO of a Fortune 500 company, the defendant will be liable for the millions in plaintiff's lost wages. However, examinees that confused the Contracts rule for the foreseeability of consequential damages (Hadley v. Baxendale) with the torts rule would have answered this question wrong. This question also serves as an example where you cannot let your emotions affect your answer choice. Some MBE questions are designed to tug on your heart-strings to try to get you to answer with your heart instead of your head. In regards to the above MBE question, it was written from the context of making the reader sympathize with the wire installer so that some examinees who let their emotions get the best of them will conclude that a solitary independent wire installer, even if negligent, should not be responsible for millions of dollars in damages. However, under the appropriate rule of law, the negligent contractor would be liable for all damages within the scope of his liability for negligence.

While the Restatements are a valuable resource for the MBE, they are also incredibly comprehensive – the Restatement of the Law 2d, Contracts contains over 1,800 illustrations while the Restatement of Torts contains over 1,900 illustrations (and this doesn't include related Restatements on Apportionment of Liability, Liability for Physical and Emotional Harm, or Products Liability). However, because I recognized that a portion of the MBE tests the Restatements, I went through the illustrations, selected the ones that I regarded as most relevant to the current MBE, and licensed these Restatement hypotheticals from the American Law Institute. The Restatements cover the subjects of Contracts, Property and Torts. For Constitutional Law, Criminal Law and Evidence, I based the Flashcard exams primarily on cases (which is another source for MBE questions). I plan to add Flashcard questions for Civil Procedure as time permits. While the MBE Flashcard exams do not have multiple distractors (which is the hallmark of a good MBE question), they are still tricky enough that most examinees average 50% correct. Thus, you shouldn’t expect a certain score with these questions because they are not representative of MBE questions. Instead, you should simply regard them as a learning tool. Basically, these flashcard exams are a quick way to pick up the hypotheticals and nuanced legal principles that I feel are likely to be tested on the MBE. Accordingly, while you may see references to the Restatements in the answer explanations, you should not try to delve any deeper into the Restatements other than what you find in these bar materials.

The purpose of these "flashcard" quizzes is to help examinees learn the MBE nuances in a much more abbreviated fashion. By looking at the illustrations, examinees can quickly see how the law is applied. To do well on the MBE, you must be familiar with the nuances of the law. Through these online "flashcard" quizzes, examinees can test themselves on the "details" that may appear on the MBE. The quizzes are geared towards re-takers who have not done well on the MBE. While retakers generally have done enough MBE questions in practice to be familiar with MBE question style and answer format, I feel that retakers with low MBE scores do not have a broad enough knowledge of the MBE nuances. I will never use all the illustrations from the Restatements – I only use the ones that I believe are likely to be tested on the MBE. Some answers may have comprehensive explanations and some may not. I plan to do comprehensive explanations for all the questions when I have the time. Currently, the goal of this online exam is simply to expose examinees to the scenarios (and the correct outcomes) rather than explaining the law in depth. If you understand/remember the scenarios but not the law behind them, you can still do well on the MBE.

Examinees must still test on MBE questions to practice timing and eliminating the wrong but appealing answer choices. However, I regard these flashcard questions as a quicker way to learn the nuances that may be tested on the actual MBE. Accordingly, if you find yourself pressed for time, you will probably learn more MBE relevant legal topics through the flashcard exams than through regular MBE practice questions. These Flashcard quizzes will help examinees learn the MBE nuances in a much more abbreviated fashion since an examinee can do 3-4 flashcard questions in the time it takes to do one MBE question.

I believe that NCBE is making the MBE harder because too many examinees are sharing the MBE questions online in forums, forcing NCBE to make the questions less recognizable. I surmise that NCBE is making the laws tested more intricate to prevent an examinee with a general idea about a question from getting it right on a future exam. Interestingly, this is similar to what happened to me in 2005. When I took the exam in July 2005, the actual MBE questions were nothing like the BARBRI/PMBR/NCBE questions I practiced on. This is because the July 2005 MBE was the first MBE exam to have “new” questions because PMBR had been caught copying earlier questions. According to the PMBR lawsuit, the “July 2005 MBE had to be reprinted at a cost of $59,000 because defendants’ copyright infringement had compromised the initial version.” Thus, through these flashcard exams, examinees will develop a broader knowledge of the law to better recognize the specific laws tested on the MBE.

You should find these Flashcard exams helpful. For example, in post-exam followups with subscribers, I ask them to specify any supplemental bar review materials, courses or tutors they used for the exam (e.g. Adaptibar, Bestmultis, Lean Sheets, Critical Pass Flashcards) and rank them in their order of effectiveness. A subscriber with an MBE score of 137.2 on the July 2016 UBE exam told me: “Seperac (quiz, mp3s, flashcards) Kaplan Mock Exams (too easy) Adaptibar (too simplistic) Critical Flashcards (better to do them alone)” Currently, I don’t have any statistics regarding the correlation between the scores on the flashcard exams and actual MBE scores. However, examinees usually get about 50% correct (the same result as if they had guessed). This is because I try to use questions that cover nuances that are tricky (I want examinees to get them wrong so they can learn what is right and understand the grey areas of law better). In addition, examinees generally do the flashcard exams earlier in their studying, which is another factor that affects any correlation with actual MBE scores.

MEE MATERIALS/ADVICE

• Individual PDFs of the past 47 MEE Exams Click here to read more

Subscribers can download PDFs of the MEE essays from the past 46 exams (from Feb 1995 to Feb 2018). Each PDF consists of the MEE questions and Answer Analyses for that administration. The NCBE Answer Analyses do an excellent job of showing you how to analyze an MEE essay. I regard the process of reviewing the past MEE essays (and their associated issues) as very important. Much like the recently released MBE questions (OPE 1-4) reflect the current MBE, the recently released MEE questions reflect the current MEE. Since the cost to purchase the 2013-2017 MEEs from NCBE is $150, unless an examinee obtains these questions from their bar review, a number of examinees will be unfamiliar with them, giving you an advantage on the MEE. Accordingly, if you planned to buy the MEE questions/answers from NCBE, it is more cost effective to subscribe and you will access not only the MEE questions/answers, but an assortment of other useful materials including the Intermediate Seperac MBE-MEE outline.

The MEE exams are downloadable individually or in a single PDF file. I recommend that examinees read the essays and answers for at least the last ten administrations. Alternatively, examinees can listen to the MP3s of these essay questions and answers (the MP3s are a better choice if you commute/etc.). Reading, listening to, and answering/outlining these essays will teach you how to compose an answer that the bar examiners are looking for. In a work by K. Anders Ericsson entitled "Attaining Excellence Through Deliberate Practice," the study found that innate factors are generally poor predictors of expert performance. Instead, expert performance stems from engaging in deliberate practice activities. Deliberate practice is when an individual engages in a practice activity (typically designed by their teachers) with full concentration on improving some aspect of their performance. Frequent intense engagement in certain types of practice activities is shown to induce physiological strain which cause biochemical changes that stimulate growth and transformation of cells, which in turn leads to associated improved adaptations of physiological systems and the brain. For example, deliberate practice is a key factor in maintaining expert levels as performers reach older ages and age-related decreases in performance result from reductions of regular deliberate practice rather than as a direct consequence of aging. Through practice, you will also become proficient at identifying the topics (issue-spotting) by seeing how NCBE presents the topics in the MEE essays. To score well on the essays, examinees must be able to unravel the facts in an essay question and break them up into cognizable legal issues. Outlining the essays: (1) improves your issue-spotting ability - the faster you can issue spot, the more time you will have to compose your answer; (2) tests your ability to recall the answers for the topics (if you find you are missing certain topics all the time, you need to work on them more); and (3) through reading the sample answers, it reinforces the proper essay writing style.

MP3s of the last 10 MEE exams (questions and answers) (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

To enable examinees to create auditory memory impressions and better remember the material, I created audio files of the MEE questions and answers. These MP3s cover the last 10 MEE exams (about 60 questions and answers) which is about 16 hours of audio. If you have never listened to MP3s of the essays, you should give them a try. As one examinee told me: "I realized during this process that I actually am much more of an auditory learner, and I found myself able to focus more and retain more from audio or audio with text than I ever have just by reading.  So the fact that you provide so many audio resources made a big difference for me." In your studying, you should be continually making active and varied memory impressions. A common way to form different memory impressions is through auditory learning. I generally advise examinees (especially auditory learners) to listen to bar materials while commuting/working out/showering/etc. or if simply want to give your eyes a rest. For example, a subscriber that passed J17 with a written score of 142.1 (MBE of 141.9) after failing F17 with a written score of 134.3 (MBE of 127.7) told me: “I listened to the MP3s when I was cooking or exercising and after a while I just felt I knew it all.” As another examinee told me: "the MP3s are great when I am tired of reading." Listening to the material forms different memory impressions than reading it, so on the exam if you don’t remember something you read, you may instead recall something you heard. Anytime you cannot actively study, listening to MP3s is a great way to passively study. If you pause the MP3s on occasion and verbalize what you are listening to, you can even convert your passive listening into active studying. I find that listening to MP3s while commuting/working out is helpful because you are a captive audience. Even if you don't think you are an auditory learner, you should give the MP3s a try – as one J16 subscriber who passed told me: "I need the soothing voice of your automated mp3."

MEE Word Calculator Click here to read more

You can use this calculator to test what words or phrases appear in the MEE Questions and Answers from February 1995-July 2017 (46 MEE exams). This is useful if you quickly want to see how often a particular legal concept or legal terminology is discussed on the MEE. For example, if you enter the word/phrase "double jeopardy", it will report that the word/phrase has appeared in the NCBE answer of only 1 Criminal Law & Procedure question out of the 9 Criminal Law & Procedure MEE questions tested since 1995 (11% of the Criminal Law & Procedure MEE questions). The next section reports an overall analysis: that the word/phrase has appeared in only one question and one answer (out of the 309 MEE questions and answers tested from Feb 1995 to Feb 2018). If you scroll down the table for a more detailed analysis, you will see that the word/phrase "double jeopardy" appeared in Question 5 of the February 2014 MEE exam - the word/phrase appeared 2 times in the Question portion and 8 times in the Answer portion.

• MEE Essay Compilation (Click for Sample) Click here to read more


Much like the recently released MBE questions (OPE 1-4) reflect the current MBE, the recently released MEE questions reflect the current MEE. Accordingly, I licensed the 1995-2017 MEE exams from NCBE and then created a single MEE Compilation document (to purchase the 2012-2017 MEEs from NCBE costs $150). This Seperac MEE Essay Compilation contains all the MEE exams from Feb 1995 to July 2017 (46 exams) in a single document (along with MEE answer exemplars from other states if you have an advanced subscription). In this document, all 309 NBCE MEE answers have been significantly edited to improve their readability for studying purposes. The document is released in WORD and PDF format, so it is editable and searchable. The licensed NCBE MEE Questions and Answers from 1995 to present can also be downloaded as PDFs from the subscription site.

In the March 2015 Testing Column of the NCBE Bar Examiner, the Director of NCBE Test Operations stated: "To prepare graders, NCBE provides detailed grading materials, which are subjected to review by outside content experts, editing by drafting committees, and proofing and cite-checking by NCBE lawyer-editors. ... the grading materials are included in MEE and MPT study aids, so prospective examinees can become familiar with the questions and what graders are looking for in examinee answers." Thus, by reviewing the NCBE grading materials contained in this MEE Compilation document, you are looking at what the graders are also looking at.

Reviewing past MEE questions and answers is one of the best ways to prepare for the MEE. The purpose of this MEE Compilation is to enable more efficient MEE review based on 6 unique enhancements: (1) All 309 released MEE questions and NCBE Answer Analyses from 1995 to present are contained in a single document that is hyperlinked (for easy navigation) and searchable; (2) the 309 MEE questions are grouped by subject (sorted from newest to oldest) to efficiently develop a comprehensive understanding of the issues tested for each subject on the MEE (with questions based on subjects no longer tested being removed); (3) each answer appears immediately after each question to enable quick review or issue spotting; (4) each NCBE Answer Analysis has been edited for more efficient study (answers are 10% shorter than the answers contained in the NCBE books); and (5) audio MP3 versions of the MEE questions and NCBE Answer Analyses  are available for the last 20 MEE exams (depending on your subscription) so you can create different memory impressions when you are commuting, working out, cooking, etc.

Since 1995, NCBE has released 46 MEE exams (from Feb 1995 to Feb 2018). Each MEE exam contains 6-9 questions (7 questions in exams from Feb 1995 to Feb 2007, 9 questions in exams from July 2007 to July 2013 and 6 questions in exams from Feb 2014 to Feb 2017) along with a corresponding answer analysis from NCBE for each question. Currently, the MEE tests 14 subjects: Agency & Partnership, Civil Procedure, Conflict of Laws, Constitutional Law, Contracts, Corporations & LLCs, Criminal Law & Procedure, Evidence, Family Law, Real Property, Secured Transactions, Torts, Trusts, and Wills & Estates. The subjects of Agency & Partnership, Corporations, Civil Procedure, Conflicts, Family Law, Secured Transactions, Trusts and Wills & Estates have been tested since February 1995 while MEE testing of the MBE subjects (with the exception of Civil Procedure) began in July 2007. In addition, NCBE formerly tested the subject of Negotiable Instruments/Commercial Paper, but this subject was removed from MEE exam-testing in February 2014.

Utilizing these licensed MEE materials, I created this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document which contains all the released MEE essay questions and answer analysis from Feb 1995 to present. This compilation is a very efficient way to review the MEE essay questions and answers. It is superior to the individual MEE exam PDFs available from NCBE (which are available on the subscription site) for six main reasons:

• This Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document contains all the MEE exams from 1995 to present in a single document. This is a significant time-saver. Utilizing the hyperlinked Table of Contents or Microsoft Word’s Navigation Pane, you can jump to any subject, question or answer instantly. To use the hyperlinked Table of Contents, simply hold down the CTRL key and click on an item in the Table of Contents and you will jump to that question in the Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document. In addition, if you go to View from the menu, if you check "Navigation pane" in the Show menu, you will see a hyperlinked navigation pane on the left side of the document. By creating a word document, the document is editable and searchable. You can make this document your own, by adding notes, comments, or special formatting or highlighting. In addition, examinees can search the document for keywords in the past essay questions and answers. On the Menu/Ribbon, if you go to View, there is a macro button called "Count Words." If you click on the button, a dialog box will ask "What word do you want to count?" Enter a word or a phrase and then press OK. For example, if you enter the phrase "attractive nuisance", you will be told that "attractive nuisance appears 2 times" in the questions and answers from 1995 to present.

• Unlike the MEE booklets released by NCBE, the MEE questions in this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document are grouped by subject, with the questions sorted from newest to oldest. This enables an examinee to quickly and efficiently get an understanding of each MEE subject. For example, an examinee with very little study time should look at the first few questions from each MEE subject while an examinee who has a good bit of study time should look at 5-10 questions from each MEE subject. Comprehensively seeing how the MEE tests a subject will help you spot issues for that subject because you will have a complete picture of what has been tested in the past. Furthermore, only the relevant MEE questions are included in this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation. For example, the 30 questions on UCC Article 3 Negotiable Instruments Commercial Paper (tested in the Feb 1995-July 2013 exams) have been removed because this subject is no longer tested on the MEE. Likewise, if there is a cross-over question (e.g. Contracts & Commercial Paper or Negotiable Instruments). It has been removed so that you don’t waste any time studying topics that are no longer tested on the MEE.

• In this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document, the NCBE Answer Analysis always appears after the question. In the released MEE exam booklets, the questions are grouped together and then the corresponding answers are grouped together. This requires an examinee to hunt for the answer to each question. In addition, the questions and answers in this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document are separated by a page break so an examinee can read an MEE essay and answer the question (or quickly issue spot) without any hint of the answer, and the examinee can then go to the answer explanation(s) on the next page. This means that an examinee can use this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document not only for MEE studying, but also for MEE testing.

• Each NCBE Answer Analysis in this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document has been significantly edited to  make them more readable and to make them appear more like written essay answers. In the released MEE exams, the answers contain numerous citations that are irrelevant to an examinee answering the MEE questions. Removing these superfluous citations has made the answers 10% shorter. Examinees simply do not have the time to read or research these citations. I left in only the most important citations, and I abbreviated these citations to reduce their complexity. In addition, the MEE answers are better organized. In some cases, the number of Legal Problems in the Answer Analysis did not correspond with the number of Answer points. In all cases, this has been fixed so the answers are consistent. All these changes are intended to make studying for the MEE more efficient. Please note that all the typographical errors I encounter are corrected in these essays, so they will not mirror the MEE essays released by NCBE. Also, there are intentional (but de minimus) mistakes intended to identify any copying/sharing of this compilation.

• There are also 34 hours of MP3 audio files covering the last 200+ MEE questions and NCBE Answer Analyses (from July 2017 to July 2007) downloadable from the subscription site depending on your subscription. Audio versions of the materials you study are a great way to create different forms of memory impressions (meaning if on the exam if you don’t remember something you read, you may remember something you heard). If you are limited on time or you are an auditory learner, use the MP3s when you commute/cook/work out (or just get sick of reading). Every examinee should try the MP3s to see if they are helpful as an alternate learning tool. As one subscriber told me: "I realized during this process that I actually am much more of an auditory learner, and I found myself able to focus more and retain more from audio or audio with text than I ever have just by reading. So the fact that you provide so many audio resources made a big difference for me."

According to NYBOLE, “... the MEE questions are designed to test the candidate’s skills of issue identification, factual and legal analysis, and written communication, as well as knowledge of the law.” Since these are the skills you need to develop for the upcoming MEE, I suggest you primarily rely on the NCBE answers contained in this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document to issue spot, learn the applicable law and how to respond to the questions. I recommend that examinees read or listen to the MP3s of the MEE essays and NCBE answers for the last ten administrations. Reading, listening to, outlining, and answering these MEE essays will teach you how to compose an MEE answer that the bar examiners are looking for. The MEE answers from NCBE can be regarded as model answers (however, please note that since each answer to each issue generally stands on its own, portions of the answers may seem repetitive between some points). These NCBE answers are important to learn because the essay graders will be relying on these MEE answer analyses for grading purposes, so the more familiar you are with what the MEE graders are looking for, the better your essay score should be. For example, by studying these MEE answers from NCBE, you will know what seminal cases are relevant to certain legal topics, what statutes and acts are relevant to certain legal areas, and what black letter law rules and analysis NCBE deems relevant to each issue.

Examinees should also review the released exemplar MEE answers from other states (available with certain subscriptions, these answers appear after the NCBE MEE answer) to understand what a more realistic MEE answer appears like. These are top scoring essays, so the quality of your essay will be lower, but study these essays to pick up on their formatting, issue spotting, and analysis. As a rule of thumb, you can achieve an above-passing MEE score if you write 50% of an NCBE MEE answer or 50%-70% of a state released answer (FYI, the MEE answer analyses from NCBE average 1,350 words per answer while the examinee exemplars from New York, Minnesota and Arkansas average 887 words per answer). Put simply, an examinee can write a passing MEE answer if: (1) for 100% of the topics in the MEE question, you correctly issue spot, provide a relevant 1-sentence analysis, and arrive at the correct conclusion for each issue; OR (2) for 75% of the topics in the MEE question, you correctly issue spot, provide a relevant 2-4 sentence analysis, and arrive at the correct conclusion for these issues (assuming the point values for the MEE topics are weighted roughly the same); OR (3) for 50% of the topics in the MEE question, you write a very good answer and for the other topics, you make some cogent points with good analysis even if the issues, analysis and conclusion are incorrect (again assuming the point values for the MEE topics are weighted roughly the same). Basically, if you can spot the issues, demonstrate to the grader that you spotted the issues by using the appropriate terminology (the same terminology used in the NCBE Answer Analyses) and you perform some factual analysis, that will be a passing essay. The worse you do on one aspect of this, the better you need to do on the other aspects to have a passing essay. Keep in mind that there is no guarantee a particular essay will ever receive a particular score – such is the subjectivity of essay grading.

I recommend that examinees read (and/or listen to the MP3s of) the MEE essays and answers for the last ten administrations, if not more. The purpose of reading these essays is to understand how MEE essay questions are posed and how to identify the issues and appropriately respond. Reading, listening to, outlining, and answering these MEE essays will teach you how to compose an MEE answer that the bar examiners are looking for.

If you have the released MEE questions, you can essentially grade yourself by comparing your answers to the NCBE answer analyses. According to the maker of the MEE: “NCBE’s grader training and materials also assign weights to subparts in a question. So an examinee who performs well on one subpart of an MEE question worth 25% of the total score that could be awarded for that question is not assured a 6 unless he performs well on the other parts of the question, too, in comparison with other examinees. In other words, there is a weighting framework for assigning points, which helps to keep graders calibrated and consistent.” see the March 2015 NCBE Testing Column: Judith A. Gundersen, The Testing Column, Essay Grading Fundamentals, The Bar Examiner (March 2015). This differs from pre-UBE essay grading where it appeared the graders reviewed the essays more holistically (i.e. looking at the overall answer and then assigning a score). On the MEE, the graders are somewhat constrained by the grading weights, meaning that a well written answer with good reasoning that misses issues will probably score lower than a poorly written answer with basic analysis that correctly identifies all the issues.

Since the graders are referring to a point-sheet, I believe issue-spotting is paramount on the MEE (this is why I made the MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting outline). Because an MEE question must be answered in 30 minutes, there is less time for an examinee to write a thoughtful analysis that might sway the grader. Instead, the MEE is seemingly designed as a hit-and-run exam where examinees must hit each issue and then simply run to the next one. In such circumstances, if what you say is not on the grader’s checklist, you are not likely to earn points for it. For example, following is a J16 MEE essay that received an above-passing score by merely spotting the issues and writing the rules with some short analysis and correct conclusions.

If you are willing to self-evaluate, I suggest you write answers to released MEE questions under timed conditions and then consult the NCBE Answer Analysis to determine your grade. For each discrete point that is graded, if you correctly spotted the issue and concluded correctly (with some accurate law and relevant analysis in-between), you can confidently give yourself half-credit for that answer. If you can score half-credit for every issue, it will likely be an above-passing MEE answer. For example, Essay #3 from the July 2016 MEE (Torts) dealt with the issues of 'standard of care', 'strict liability', 'products liability' and 'market share liability.' For this Torts essay, I found that examinees that addressed the issues by simply applying the negligence standard of duty, breach, causation and liability generally did not receive above-passing scores (further supporting by belief that issue spotting trumps analysis on the MEE), meaning you are less likely to fake an answer and get credit for it.

You can also write an answer to a question in the MEE Comparison and then compare your answer to other graded answers (I am working on an automated way of doing this). If this is too much effort, you can simply look at passing and above-passing MEEs. For example, one subscriber told me: “I think this helped me immensely, because although I had not practiced writing any essays, I still really got a feel for the tone, length, content and structure of passing answers which created a ‘voice’ in my head when writing essays.” Put simply, good essays look like other good essays.

MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium (Click for Sample) Click here to read more


The Seperac MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium serves as an excellent way to familiarize yourself with how the MEE questions for each subject are posed, what issues are at play, and what the outcomes are, along with a brief discussion of the answer. For examinees that have practiced essays and are confident their writing and analysis will be satisfactory, this Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium enables an examinee to efficiently review a wide range of past MEE essays (most likely the most important ones) and their corresponding issues/answers to improve their issue spotting and knowledge. For example, in a post-exam follow-up, in asking what examinees found "LEAST helpful" in their studies, one examinee told me: "I spent a long time writing out whole essays for grading by a "professor"... Because I felt that I was being evaluated by someone and I was submitting a work product, I ended up spending too much time making every essay as perfect as possible. Some of the essays were not MEE style, but simply more complicated with tons more issues. I don't think that this was a good use of my time. I would have preferred to outline essays or practice spotting issues."

This compendium contains every released MEE question from 2002 to July 2017 (with the exception of Negotiable Instruments/Commercial Paper questions which are no longer tested on the MEE exam). This compendium contains 224 MEE questions on the 14 testable MEE subjects: Agency & Partnership, Civil Procedure, Conflict of Laws, Constitutional Law, Contracts, Corporations & LLCs, Criminal Law & Procedure, Evidence, Family Law, Real Property, Secured Transactions, Torts, Trusts, and Wills & Estates. Please note that MEE testing of the MBE subjects (with the exception of Civil Procedure) only began in July 2007, so there are fewer MEE questions for these subjects.

The MEE questions in this Issue Spotting Compendium are grouped by subject, with the questions sorted from newest to oldest. Examinees should focus on one subject at a time, reading each question from that subject and then attempting to issue spot (either on paper or in your head). The questions and short answers in this compendium are separated by a page break so an examinee can read each question without any hint of the answer, and the examinee can then go to the answer explanation on the next page to self-assess. The questions for each subject are sorted from most recent to least recent because I regard the more recent exam questions as more important (much like the recently released MBE questions in the OPE 1-4 exams better reflect the current MBE, the recently released MEE questions from 2011-2017 better reflect the current MEE).

The Answer Analysis section contains a list of the relevant legal problems tested in the question (which are referred to as “Issues”) along with an answer to each legal problem, and then an Answer Discussion which consists of a brief overview of the answer. The Issue answers are color coded so examinees can quickly determine how the issue was resolved (Red for No, Green for Yes and Blue means Not Applicable). Each Issue reports its assigned score value which provides some insight into how much knowledge and analysis is required for each Issue. For example “POINT 1 (25%)means that this issue was worth 25%  of an examinee’s total score for that essay (and generally should represent about 25% of your writing).

If you go to View from the WORD menu, if you check "Navigation pane" in the Show menu, you will see a hyperlinked navigation pane on the left side of the document. This enables you to quickly jump around between questions. As a word document, the document is editable – you can make this document your own by adding or removing text, increasing the font size, changing the margins, or adding comments, special formatting/highlighting. The default font is Times New Roman because this is the font NCBE uses for the MEE questions, but feel free to change it if you prefer something more readable. In addition, examinees can search the document for keywords in the past essay questions and answers. On the Menu/Ribbon, if you go to View, there is a macro button called "Count Words." If you click on the button, a dialog box will ask "What word do you want to count?" Enter a word or a phrase and then press OK.

This MEE Issue Spotting Compendium serves as a well-organized way to familiarize yourself with how the questions for each subject are posed, what issues are at play, and what the outcomes are, along with a brief discussion of the answer. For examinees that have practiced essays and are confident in their writing and analysis, this MEE Issue Spotting Compendium enables an examinee to efficiently review a wide range of past MEE essays (likely the most important ones) and their corresponding issues/answers to improve their issue spotting and knowledge. In addition, there are MP3s of this compendium for each subject on the subscription site for advanced subscriptions. If possible, I recommend that examinees alternate between reading this outline and listen to the MP3s of this outline since it is a great way to create different memory impressions in your studies.

I feel that all examinees (regardless of school/rank/grades/race/gender) need to practice their issue spotting for the MEE. Even if you were good at issue spotting in law school exams, you must still make sure that you are competent at issue spotting on MEE exams because the MEE may present the issues in a way that you are unfamiliar with. The MEE Issue Spotting Compendium is a great tool for efficiently understanding the wide range of issues relevant to each previously tested MEE legal topic. Put simply, the only way to really become familiar with how the issues are presented on the MEE is to practice issue spotting on past MEE exams.

MPT MATERIALS/ADVICE

• Seperac MPT Outline Click here to read more

The Seperac Multistate Performance Test Outline (8 pages) is useful to review because it contains a good bit of information and advice that is relevant to the current MPT. Every subscriber should read this outline in its entirety and then re-review it every so often, including a day or so before the exam. For example, this outline breaks down the MPT universe so examinees know which jurisdiction's laws are controlling and contains the NCBE "better answer" tips all examinees should know before writing the MPT. The Seperac Multistate Performance Test Outline is also a very good resource for knowing how to format each MPT type. Formatting is an important aspect of the MPT so you need to understand what is required in your answer and how each format is presented - this can sometimes represent 10% of your grade. If you format the MPT well, the grader will notice and will presume you have worked with these types of documents before. Even if the analysis is lacking, this creates the illusion that you have a professional looking document.

• Four MPT Comparisons (2010-2011 MPTs) Click here to read more

The Intermediate Subscription includes access to the 2010-2011 February and July MPT Comparisons (which are 4 of the 15 MPT Comparisons that are available via subscription). I frequently talk about how I try to make this subscription site a gap-filler where I create study materials that are useful, efficient and unique. The MPT Comparison is a perfect example of this. Each MPT Comparison is an essay bank of graded MPT answers for a particular administration - this is an excellent resource that does not exist anywhere else. The MPT is a "closed universe" practical problem using instructions, factual data, cases, statutes and other reference material. Accordingly, one of the most effective things an examinee can do is to answer MPTs under exam conditions and then dissect their answers along with the answers of high-scoring MPTs to see how the answers differ in regards to their use of the factual data, cases, statutes and other reference materials. This process of examination often leads to a good understanding of how to compose an above-passing MPT. I created an MPT Comparison to enable examinees to do this. Utilizing this Comparison, examinees can learn how other examinees (especially high scoring examinees) incorporate the MPT File and Library in their answers. Examinees can also use this MPT Comparison to analyze their own MPT answer to the question. Generally, an exam MPT Comparison consists of 20-50 graded examinee MPT answers (both handwritten and typed) that are all compared to one another. Following are small samples of the February and July 2010 comparisons:

FEB 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE


JULY 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE

In the MPT comparison, each submitted MPT is compared to every other submitted MPT. For example, in the above July 2010 sample, there are 10 comparisons based on 3 examinee essays and the two released above average answers. On the subscription site, for the July 2010 exam, for each MPT, there are 1,596 comparisons based on 55 examinee MPTs and the two released above average answers. For the February 2011 exam, for each MPT, there are 465 comparisons based on 29 examinee MPTs and the two released above average answers. I feel this analysis is invaluable for examinees to quickly and efficiently discover "what works" versus "what doesn't work" on the MPT. The reason essays are released by NY BOLE is so examinees can identify deficiencies in their essays. In a 1995 bill to bill to amend the Judiciary Law, the bill stated that it is in New York State's "best interest to insure that all bar applicants are given an equal opportunity to pass the NYS Bar Examination. Disclosure of past testing materials and applicant examinations allow prospective attorneys to become aware of testing subject matter and methodology so that otherwise qualified attorneys are not defeated in their attempts to pass the bar examination."

The MPT Comparison compares each item and looks through them for matching words in phrases (minimum of 2 words). The reports contain the document text with the matching phrases underlined. The reports also show PDFs of the two MPTs you selected side-by-side. Examinees learn by example - reviewing a collection of graded MPTs helps you better understand the MPT. Put simply, good MPTs look like other good MPTs. The MPT Comparison will provide a voice inside your head regarding MPT format, style and length. For example, examinees should study the high scoring MPTs. I find that high scoring MPTs are generally consistent in style and format - they cite well, cite all the relevant cases/statutes, and analyze heavily.

In a March 2014 article entitled "It Should Be About Feedback and Revision" by J. Elizabeth Clark, an English professor at LaGuardia Community College who wrote that "[h]igh-stakes essay writing is about learning to game the system. Good test takers are just that: Students who learned the rules of the game, often through expensive test-prep courses that disadvantage poor and at-risk students. Those with greater access to coaches and materials and practice do better on the exam, but that does not mean they are better writers." This MPT Comparison is an excellent way for examinees to learn "the rules of the game." Put simply, there is no other resource available that enables examinees to compare and contrast a number of graded MPTs and compare them to one another or to other discrete elements of the MPT question/answer. Please use this to your advantage, especially if you do not have the time to practice many MPTs.

In my statistical analysis of the text of hundreds of graded examinee MPTs over the past nine years, I have determined that MPT answers that have more language in common with the NCBE point sheet, the higher the MPT score (assuming the examinee concluded correctly). This means you must know the format, style and tone that are expected, know what arguments to make, and know what portions of the library/statutes/cases you should use to support your position. The best way to do this is to deconstruct MPT answers. Basically, you want to take apart good MPT answers to see how they are constructed. Doing this on your own is rather tedious (and also assuming that you have a good sample of high-scoring MPT answers to work with). This online MPT Comparison is a computerized way to accomplish the same result. The MPT Comparison lets you visually see what text was used from every discrete component that make up the MPT as compared to any other item in the Comparison.

EXAM MATERIALS/ADVICE

• Advice on Top 5 mistakes examinees make Click here to read more

The Intermediate Subscription includes my explanation of the Top 5 mistakes examinees most commonly make in their bar exam studies. Since 2005, I have statistically analyzed the scores from over 4,000+ failing examinees and post-exam follow-ups from 2,000+ examinees (both passing and failing). Furthermore, I have reviewed and statistically analyzed over 3,000 essays/MPT answers from over 500 failing examinees. I collect and analyze this information because I find it invaluable in learning what mistakes examinees commonly make. Everything I do on the subscription site is geared towards improving examinee outcomes by reducing mistakes. Examinees who are considered at risk of failing the exam must seriously embrace the advice on this site as it is built upon the mistakes of thousands of examinees. You must learn from these mistakes or else you are bound to make the same mistakes.

 

   



Please note that this INTERMEDIATE SUBSCRIPTION module does NOT contain the UBE MASTER outline. Furthermore, while content on the FULL PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTION contains topic priorities for the upcoming exam, the material available with this subscription does NOT contain any such priorities. Please make sure to review the samples of the available materials before you subscribe.



ADVANCED SUBSCRIPTION

The Seperac Advanced Subscription consists of the following materials/information (click on the Read More links for further details and/or samples):

COMBINED MBE-MEE MATERIALS

• Advanced Seperac MBE-MEE Outline (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

The most important component of this subscription is the ADVANCED SEPERAC MBE-MEE outline. This outline is what will contribute the most to your overall UBE score. Subscribers find this outline extremely helpful to their studies because it reflects the current MBE and MEE better than any other commercial condensed outline. Each subscription contains a different version of the outline (the Basic Subscription has the most basic version of this MBE-MEE outline while the Full Premium Subscription has the most comprehensive/advanced version). I used this outline in 2005 to score a 162 on the MBE and I have been improving it ever since. This outline is a “dense” condensed outline. Due to the wide range of content that can be tested on the MBE and MEE, a denser outline is the more appropriate choice to study for the upcoming exam. For example, a subscriber who scored a 174 on the MBE in NY and then a 177 on the MBE in NJ told me: “… as far as the MBE is concerned, your outlines have been most useful since you emphasize the fine distinctions” This outline contains the black letter law and past tested MEE issues for the 14 MBE-MEE subjects. It is keyed to the 2018 NCBE Subject Matter outlines and broken down into 364 different categories that represent the ABC level items in the 2018 NCBE Subject Matter outlines. If you don't have a good set of outlines for the exam, I strongly suggest you use mine. This outline should be an excellent representation of the upcoming MBE and MEE. For example, the new areas the MBE currently tests (e.g. Fair Housing Act, broker’s commissions, title insurance, zoning/non-conforming uses, voluminous summaries, and many more) are proportionally and contextually covered in the outline. I strongly believe you can pick up 5-10 MBE points just from my outline’s coverage of these new MBE areas (which most other outlines fail to cover appropriately). For each of the 364 categories, the estimated number of MBE questions an examinee should see from each category, the frequency of appearance of each category on the MEE and the average MEE point value is reported for each category. Please note that this outline is not the SEPERAC UBE MASTER OUTLINE, but rather, a lite-version of it. Essentially, the ADVANCED SEPERAC MBE-MEE outline is the SEPERAC UBE MASTER outline without the priorities (which enables examinees limited in study-time to ignore the lower priority topics), the study-time allocation suggestions, the 400 OPE MBE rules from past released NCBE MBE exams, the MBE hypotheticals based on recent MBE concepts, the short examples, the highlighting of most likely tested-topics for the upcoming exam, the MEE topic/issue hyperlinks that take you to the MEE topic summaries and released MEE exam answers, or my proportionality editing.

To explain it another way, the ADVANCED SEPERAC MBE-MEE outline (445 pages) is essentially the Intermediate Seperac MBE+MEE Outline (390 pages) plus 1,200 built-in NCBE NON-OPE MBE rules. I explain in detail the different Seperac MBE+MEE Outlines and the UBE MASTER Outline here.

MBE MATERIALS/ADVICE

MBE Study Spreadsheet Click here to read more

MBE Study Sheet

The MBE Study Spreadasheet is an Excel spreadsheet designed for examinees to enter and track their MBE testing progress. You not only enter your scores, but also your times. The spreadsheet reports a summary of your scores and also calculates your scaled score based on the practice test or based on the MBE subject. The spreadsheet will also track your daily or week-to-week progress and report averages such as number of questions per day. In addition, your percentages for each MBE subject (or the entire MBE for Mixed) is compared to the National Mean for that exam from 1995-2004 (NCBE stopped releasing raw scores by MBE subject in 2005). The MBE Scaling is based on a combination of released NY MBE scales. The scale is different depending on whether it is the July or the February exam. The Scaled Score estimate will give you an idea of how you will score on the actual exam (keep in mind that this MBE scale could differ by as many as 12 points, especially for very low or very high scores since the scale is based on the skill-level of that particular pool of examinees). The MBE Study Spreadasheet will analyze scores and additional inormation you enter and break it down by MBE subject. Tracking this information will give you insight into where your problem areas are. For example, you will know how often you were positive your choice was the right answer but turned out to be the wrong answer. By assessing your testing process, you can improve it.

This MBE Study Spreadsheet is designed for you to efficiently track your MBE testing progress. Examinees should independently keep track of their MBE practice answers so that they can re-test themselves later. Keeping track of your times in the MBE Study Spreadsheet over a long period will give you a better idea of whether you will have timing issues on the MBE (for example, most examinees find that Property questions generally take the longest to answer). Also, by examining your scores broken-down by MBE subject, you can see where your problem areas are. You can also gauge your progress by comparing it to mine. Please keep in mind that your areas of improvement/study style could be entirely different. Click on the images to view larger versions of the Excel MBE Study Sheet workbook pages.

MBE Study Sheet
• MBE Legal Terminology List (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

Over the past few years, I have been building a list of doctrines, rules, tests and legal terminology that appear in MBE answer choices which has evolved into a 17-page MBE LEGAL TERMINOLOGY list. The primary purpose of the list is to efficiently familiarize examinees with tricky/unfamiliar/obscure legal terms used on the MBE so that examinees will not encounter a distractor they do not know. Please note that this is not an all encompassing list of MBE legal terms, but I estimate it covers the majority of potentially unfamiliar distractors on the MBE. Put simply, an examinee is less likely to be "tricked" by an MBE question if they are familiar with these terms. Please also note that the definitions are not not comprehensive – they are short definitions intended to give you a basic understanding of the legal term. The MBE subject generally pertaining to the legal term is in parenthesis (e.g. CIV=Civil Procedure, CNL=Constitutional Law, CTR=Contracts, CRM=Criminal Law/Procedure, EVD=Evidence, RLP=Real Property and TOR=Torts). This list is prioritized with the most commonly appearing legal terminology listed at the top. The legal terms are also designated via color coding as of HIGH, MEDIUM, and LOW importance:

High – Legal term in Blue has appeared in multiple prior NCBE MBE Qs
Medium - Legal term in Green has appeared in at least 1 prior NCBE MBE Q
Low - Legal term in Orange has not appeared in a prior NCBE MBE Q

Examinees should give this list a few quick reads and make sure they understand all the HIGH and MEDIUM legal terms because it will probably save you from a few wrong answers on the MBE.

MBE Online Flashcard exams (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

The MBE Flashcard exams are straightforward short answer Yes/No questions on the types of scenarios you may see on the MBE along with the black letter law answers. If you do not have time to answer these “MBE flashcard exams”, there is an MBE Flashcard Question List consisting of these 600+ questions and answers in a condensed format, grouped by subject. Examinees who do not take the MBE Flashcard Exams should review these questions, as they represent the “nuances” you may see tested on the MBE. These MBE Flashcard exams exams are intended to supplement an examinee's MBE knowledge base in a more efficient manner. These flashcard questions are a great way to introduce yourself to the MBE law that is tested on the MBE in small sets of 20 questions. For example:

QUESTION: Bailey places an order with Sam for a set of knives. Sam receives the order, put passes away before accepting the offer or shipping the knives. Sam's executor, appointed to wind up Sam's affairs, finds the order and ships out the knives. When Bailey receives the knives, he learns that Sam has died and rejects the knives. Does Sam's estate have an enforceable contract?

ANSWER: The Answer is No. An offeree's power to accept is terminated when the offeree or the offeror dies or is deprived of legal capacity to enter into the contract, unless the offer is irrevocable, in which case only the offeree's death or incompetence will terminate the offer. Here, the death of the offeree Sam prior to acceptance immediately terminates the offer.

A small sample Flashcard exam can be tested here.

Each MBE Flashcard exam consists of a set of 20 questions in a specific MBE subject based on Constitutional Law, Contracts, Criminal Law/Procedure, Evidence, Property, and Torts (Civil Procedure questions to be added as time permits). There are currently 34 sets, meaning 680 questions in total. These exams can be taken on your computer or on your mobile device, so you can test yourself while at lunch, commuting, etc. Examinees should strive to do 1 set a day (34 days total).

The MBE Flashcard exams began as quick reviews of the ALI Restatement illustrations. The Restatements are treatises published by the American Law Institute that reflect the consensus of the American legal community as to what the law is, and, in some cases, what it should become. Examinees can use the Restatements to obtain clear and concise statements of the law as well as comments upon and illustrations of those rules of law. Although the Restatements are a secondary authority, they are probably the most highly regarded of the secondary authorities. Because the Restatements distill the "black letter law" from cases, I find that they are relied upon by the MBE question writers. In my research on MBE questions, I found that the MBE sometimes tests Restatement hypotheticals almost verbatim. For example, a recent MBE question dealt with a singer who was injured because of a faulty wiring installation that caused smoke on a stage that ruined the singer's vocal cords. The question asked whether the negligent wiring installer was liable for millions of dollars in economic damages due to the singer's lost career. One of the choices stated that the negligent installer was not liable because the claim of 10+ million dollars in damages was not reasonably foreseeable. If this were a contract issue, then the issue of foreseeability of damages would arise. However, in regards to damages in torts, foreseeability of the damages is not an issue. In torts, this is called the “eggshell skull” or “thin-skull” rule. An illustration from the Restatement of the Law, Third, Torts: Liability for Physical and Emotional Harm explains it well (the MBE question was likely based on this Torts Restatement illustration):

3. Jennifer was driving her automobile, manufactured by Benessere Motor Co., on an Interstate highway when the voltage regulator in the car failed due to negligent installation. The failure caused the battery fluid to boil, which produced toxic fumes that reached the interior of the car. Jennifer suffered chronic vocal-cord dysfunction as a result. Jennifer was a popular vocal performer who earned several million dollars each year. All of Jennifer's lost earnings due to her vocal-cord injury are within the scope of Benessere's liability for its negligence, as a matter of law. The thin-skull rule is applicable to all forms of tortious conduct, whether accidental or intentional.

This is often referred to as the Shabby Millionaire Rule. For example, if a tortfeasor runs over what looks like a vagabond but is really the CEO of a Fortune 500 company, the defendant will be liable for the millions in plaintiff's lost wages. However, examinees that confused the Contracts rule for the foreseeability of consequential damages (Hadley v. Baxendale) with the torts rule would have answered this question wrong. This question also serves as an example where you cannot let your emotions affect your answer choice. Some MBE questions are designed to tug on your heart-strings to try to get you to answer with your heart instead of your head. In regards to the above MBE question, it was written from the context of making the reader sympathize with the wire installer so that some examinees who let their emotions get the best of them will conclude that a solitary independent wire installer, even if negligent, should not be responsible for millions of dollars in damages. However, under the appropriate rule of law, the negligent contractor would be liable for all damages within the scope of his liability for negligence.

While the Restatements are a valuable resource for the MBE, they are also incredibly comprehensive – the Restatement of the Law 2d, Contracts contains over 1,800 illustrations while the Restatement of Torts contains over 1,900 illustrations (and this doesn't include related Restatements on Apportionment of Liability, Liability for Physical and Emotional Harm, or Products Liability). However, because I recognized that a portion of the MBE tests the Restatements, I went through the illustrations, selected the ones that I regarded as most relevant to the current MBE, and licensed these Restatement hypotheticals from the American Law Institute. The Restatements cover the subjects of Contracts, Property and Torts. For Constitutional Law, Criminal Law and Evidence, I based the Flashcard exams primarily on cases (which is another source for MBE questions). I plan to add Flashcard questions for Civil Procedure as time permits. While the MBE Flashcard exams do not have multiple distractors (which is the hallmark of a good MBE question), they are still tricky enough that most examinees average 50% correct. Thus, you shouldn’t expect a certain score with these questions because they are not representative of MBE questions. Instead, you should simply regard them as a learning tool. Basically, these flashcard exams are a quick way to pick up the hypotheticals and nuanced legal principles that I feel are likely to be tested on the MBE. Accordingly, while you may see references to the Restatements in the answer explanations, you should not try to delve any deeper into the Restatements other than what you find in these bar materials.

The purpose of these "flashcard" quizzes is to help examinees learn the MBE nuances in a much more abbreviated fashion. By looking at the illustrations, examinees can quickly see how the law is applied. To do well on the MBE, you must be familiar with the nuances of the law. Through these online "flashcard" quizzes, examinees can test themselves on the "details" that may appear on the MBE. The quizzes are geared towards re-takers who have not done well on the MBE. While retakers generally have done enough MBE questions in practice to be familiar with MBE question style and answer format, I feel that retakers with low MBE scores do not have a broad enough knowledge of the MBE nuances. I will never use all the illustrations from the Restatements – I only use the ones that I believe are likely to be tested on the MBE. Some answers may have comprehensive explanations and some may not. I plan to do comprehensive explanations for all the questions when I have the time. Currently, the goal of this online exam is simply to expose examinees to the scenarios (and the correct outcomes) rather than explaining the law in depth. If you understand/remember the scenarios but not the law behind them, you can still do well on the MBE.

Examinees must still test on MBE questions to practice timing and eliminating the wrong but appealing answer choices. However, I regard these flashcard questions as a quicker way to learn the nuances that may be tested on the actual MBE. Accordingly, if you find yourself pressed for time, you will probably learn more MBE relevant legal topics through the flashcard exams than through regular MBE practice questions. These Flashcard quizzes will help examinees learn the MBE nuances in a much more abbreviated fashion since an examinee can do 3-4 flashcard questions in the time it takes to do one MBE question.

I believe that NCBE is making the MBE harder because too many examinees are sharing the MBE questions online in forums, forcing NCBE to make the questions less recognizable. I surmise that NCBE is making the laws tested more intricate to prevent an examinee with a general idea about a question from getting it right on a future exam. Interestingly, this is similar to what happened to me in 2005. When I took the exam in July 2005, the actual MBE questions were nothing like the BARBRI/PMBR/NCBE questions I practiced on. This is because the July 2005 MBE was the first MBE exam to have “new” questions because PMBR had been caught copying earlier questions. According to the PMBR lawsuit, the “July 2005 MBE had to be reprinted at a cost of $59,000 because defendants’ copyright infringement had compromised the initial version.” Thus, through these flashcard exams, examinees will develop a broader knowledge of the law to better recognize the specific laws tested on the MBE.

You should find these Flashcard exams helpful. For example, in post-exam followups with subscribers, I ask them to specify any supplemental bar review materials, courses or tutors they used for the exam (e.g. Adaptibar, Bestmultis, Lean Sheets, Critical Pass Flashcards) and rank them in their order of effectiveness. A subscriber with an MBE score of 137.2 on the July 2016 UBE exam told me: “Seperac (quiz, mp3s, flashcards) Kaplan Mock Exams (too easy) Adaptibar (too simplistic) Critical Flashcards (better to do them alone)” Currently, I don’t have any statistics regarding the correlation between the scores on the flashcard exams and actual MBE scores. However, examinees usually get about 50% correct (the same result as if they had guessed). This is because I try to use questions that cover nuances that are tricky (I want examinees to get them wrong so they can learn what is right and understand the grey areas of law better). In addition, examinees generally do the flashcard exams earlier in their studying, which is another factor that affects any correlation with actual MBE scores.

Prioritized MBE Rules outline based on 1,177 NCBE NON-OPE MBE questions Click here to read more

The most important MBE practice questions are the recent NCBE questions (OPE 1-4 exams and sample questions totalling 431 questions). Of less importance (but still important) are the rules to the non-OPE NCBE questions. These rules consist of about 1,200 released NCBE questions from 1991-1998. I wrote rules for these questions and also created MP3 files of these rules that can be downloaded and listened to. This prioritized MBE rules outline consists of the non-OPE questions from the 1991 MBE (400 rules), 1992 MBE (531 rules), and July 1998 MBE (200 rules) along with questions from past NCBE MBE Information Books. This outline contains synopses of the law for each of these released NCBE non-OPE MBE questions (these are the same questions in Adaptibar/Strategies & Tactics, Barmax, etc.). The outline distills the almost 1,200 pre-OPE MBE questions into rule statements so examinees can get the gist of what was tested on the older released MBE questions without having to go through the questions. I also created a MBE Rules MP3 of these 1,177 rules which is about 5 hours long. This is an excellent alternative method to acquire the black letter law behind what NCBE has tested in the past in a very efficient way. More so, these rules are organized by category so you can see the different ways each MBE category has been tested. Furthermore, by seeing the rules associated with the black letter law, it will make it easier to understand the law (remember, knowledge is constructed). For example, a subscriber that scored a 141.9 on the MBE told me: “Knowing now that I passed, I can confidently say that your MBE Rules outline was indispensable.  Even though I probably completed only 400-500 practice MBEs, I really focused on thinking about why I got answers wrong, what aspect of the law I didn't quite understand, and creating rules that directly addressed that misunderstanding. I then reviewed these rules multiple times.

This outline is prioritized based on the 2018 MBE Subject Matter Outlines from NCBE. For example, the NCBE MBE Subject Matter Outline for Constitutional Law states that for Individual rights (Category II) appears in 50% of the Constitutional Law MBE questions. Therefore, an estimated 12-13 of the 175 questions on the MBE will be from this category. This category is therefore the highest priority category in the prioritized rules outline. The idea behind these rules is efficiency – you are studying based on prioritization and it is much easier to read this list and get a gist of previously tested rules than it is to go through all the questions and make your own rules outline. I also categorized the rules for each MBE topic. Please note that studying these rules is only one part of your overall MBE study. While the law behind past NCBE questions will give you insight into some of the legal concepts you can expect to see on the upcoming MBE, they often fail to be representative. For example, in the released NCBE questions, there are only two questions on Double Jeopardy (1/10 of 1% of the questions). In contrast, Double Jeopardy is tested fairly frequently on the current MBE (I expect it to represent about 1% of your total MBE score). Basically, the entire area of Constitutional Protection of Accused Persons is under-represented in the released NCBE questions (it is just 3% of the 1,800 NCBE questions, but expected to be 7% of your MBE score). To cite another example, the Rule of Perpetuities (from the Real Property subcategory of Special Problems) represents about 1% of the released NCBE questions, but on the upcoming exam, I expect this subcategory to be tested substantially less. Thus, if your MBE study is based only on the law behind the released NCBE MBE questions, you will be under-prepared for some areas and over-prepared for others. Accordingly, subscribers must study the black-letter law in the SEPERAC MBE-MEE OUTLINE (or UBE MASTER OUTLINE) in tandem with these MBE rules because the new current topics are appropriately reflected in the black letter law sections of the outline. Put simply, the better you understand the law in this outline, the better you will score on the Feb 2018 MBE and the more likely you will pass the exam.

MP3 audio files of the 1,177 NCBE NON-OPE MBE rules (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

Anytime you cannot actively study, listening to MP3s is a great way to passively study. Listening to MP3 of the rules is an effective way to learn the material by forming different memory impressions. For example, a subscriber who passed with an MBE of 140.5 after failing with an MBE of 128.1 told me: “I believe in your method and system and like i said, if i can contribute to it further in any way – i would love to. In terms of what single thing helped me pass the MBE – i think it was writing out the MBE rules and listening to the mp3s the night before. My problem was that id get anxious and think i forgot everything – so listening to the mp3s in 2x speed and going over my mbe rules was big for me. I noticed that I'd make the same mistakes on similar issues over and over again so making sure I got those down really helped. Hearing it read out loud to me with the mp3s was big too.

MEE MATERIALS/ADVICE

• Individual PDFs of the past 47 MEE Exams Click here to read more

Subscribers can download PDFs of the MEE essays from the past 46 exams (from Feb 1995 to Feb 2018). Each PDF consists of the MEE questions and Answer Analyses for that administration. The NCBE Answer Analyses do an excellent job of showing you how to analyze an MEE essay. I regard the process of reviewing the past MEE essays (and their associated issues) as very important. Much like the recently released MBE questions (OPE 1-4) reflect the current MBE, the recently released MEE questions reflect the current MEE. Since the cost to purchase the 2013-2017 MEEs from NCBE is $150, unless an examinee obtains these questions from their bar review, a number of examinees will be unfamiliar with them, giving you an advantage on the MEE. Accordingly, if you planned to buy the MEE questions/answers from NCBE, it is more cost effective to subscribe and you will access not only the MEE questions/answers, but an assortment of other useful materials including the Advanced Seperac MBE-MEE outline.

The MEE exams are downloadable individually or in a single PDF file. I recommend that examinees read the essays and answers for at least the last ten administrations. Alternatively, examinees can listen to the MP3s of these essay questions and answers (the MP3s are a better choice if you commute/etc.). Reading, listening to, and answering/outlining these essays will teach you how to compose an answer that the bar examiners are looking for. In a work by K. Anders Ericsson entitled "Attaining Excellence Through Deliberate Practice," the study found that innate factors are generally poor predictors of expert performance. Instead, expert performance stems from engaging in deliberate practice activities. Deliberate practice is when an individual engages in a practice activity (typically designed by their teachers) with full concentration on improving some aspect of their performance. Frequent intense engagement in certain types of practice activities is shown to induce physiological strain which cause biochemical changes that stimulate growth and transformation of cells, which in turn leads to associated improved adaptations of physiological systems and the brain. For example, deliberate practice is a key factor in maintaining expert levels as performers reach older ages and age-related decreases in performance result from reductions of regular deliberate practice rather than as a direct consequence of aging. Through practice, you will also become proficient at identifying the topics (issue-spotting) by seeing how NCBE presents the topics in the MEE essays. To score well on the essays, examinees must be able to unravel the facts in an essay question and break them up into cognizable legal issues. Outlining the essays: (1) improves your issue-spotting ability - the faster you can issue spot, the more time you will have to compose your answer; (2) tests your ability to recall the answers for the topics (if you find you are missing certain topics all the time, you need to work on them more); and (3) through reading the sample answers, it reinforces the proper essay writing style.

• MP3s of the last 15 MEE exams (questions and answers) (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

To enable examinees to create auditory memory impressions and better remember the material, I created audio files of the MEE questions and answers. These MP3s cover the last 15 MEE exams (about 90 questions and answers) which is about 24 hours of audio. If you have never listened to MP3s of the essays, you should give them a try. As one examinee told me: "I realized during this process that I actually am much more of an auditory learner, and I found myself able to focus more and retain more from audio or audio with text than I ever have just by reading.  So the fact that you provide so many audio resources made a big difference for me." In your studying, you should be continually making active and varied memory impressions. A common way to form different memory impressions is through auditory learning. I generally advise examinees (especially auditory learners) to listen to bar materials while commuting/working out/showering/etc. or if simply want to give your eyes a rest. For example, a subscriber that passed J17 with a written score of 142.1 (MBE of 141.9) after failing F17 with a written score of 134.3 (MBE of 127.7) told me: “I listened to the MP3s when I was cooking or exercising and after a while I just felt I knew it all.” As another examinee told me: "the MP3s are great when I am tired of reading." Listening to the material forms different memory impressions than reading it, so on the exam if you don’t remember something you read, you may instead recall something you heard. Anytime you cannot actively study, listening to MP3s is a great way to passively study. If you pause the MP3s on occasion and verbalize what you are listening to, you can even convert your passive listening into active studying. I find that listening to MP3s while commuting/working out is helpful because you are a captive audience. Even if you don't think you are an auditory learner, you should give the MP3s a try – as one J16 subscriber who passed told me: "I need the soothing voice of your automated mp3."

• MEE Word Calculator Click here to read more

You can use this calculator to test what words or phrases appear in the MEE Questions and Answers from February 1995-July 2017 (46 MEE exams). This is useful if you quickly want to see how often a particular legal concept or legal terminology is discussed on the MEE. For example, if you enter the word/phrase "double jeopardy", it will report that the word/phrase has appeared in the NCBE answer of only 1 Criminal Law & Procedure question out of the 9 Criminal Law & Procedure MEE questions tested since 1995 (11% of the Criminal Law & Procedure MEE questions). The next section reports an overall analysis: that the word/phrase has appeared in only one question and one answer (out of the 309 MEE questions and answers tested from Feb 1995 to Feb 2018). If you scroll down the table for a more detailed analysis, you will see that the word/phrase "double jeopardy" appeared in Question 5 of the February 2014 MEE exam - the word/phrase appeared 2 times in the Question portion and 8 times in the Answer portion.

• MEE Essay Compilation with examinee answers (Click for Sample) Click here to read more


Much like the recently released MBE questions (OPE 1-4) reflect the current MBE, the recently released MEE questions reflect the current MEE. Accordingly, I licensed the 1995-2017 MEE exams from NCBE and then created a single MEE Compilation document (to purchase the 2012-2017 MEEs from NCBE costs $150). This Seperac MEE Essay Compilation contains all the MEE exams from Feb 1995 to July 2017 (46 exams) in a single document (along with MEE answer exemplars from other states if you have an advanced subscription). In this document, all 309 NBCE MEE answers have been significantly edited to improve their readability for studying purposes. The document is released in WORD and PDF format, so it is editable and searchable. The licensed NCBE MEE Questions and Answers from 1995 to present can also be downloaded as PDFs from the subscription site.

In the March 2015 Testing Column of the NCBE Bar Examiner, the Director of NCBE Test Operations stated: "To prepare graders, NCBE provides detailed grading materials, which are subjected to review by outside content experts, editing by drafting committees, and proofing and cite-checking by NCBE lawyer-editors. ... the grading materials are included in MEE and MPT study aids, so prospective examinees can become familiar with the questions and what graders are looking for in examinee answers." Thus, by reviewing the NCBE grading materials contained in this MEE Compilation document, you are looking at what the graders are also looking at.

Reviewing past MEE questions and answers is one of the best ways to prepare for the MEE. The purpose of this MEE Compilation is to enable more efficient MEE review based on 6 unique enhancements: (1) All 309 released MEE questions and NCBE Answer Analyses from 1995 to present are contained in a single document that is hyperlinked (for easy navigation) and searchable; (2) the 309 MEE questions are grouped by subject (sorted from newest to oldest) to efficiently develop a comprehensive understanding of the issues tested for each subject on the MEE (with questions based on subjects no longer tested being removed); (3) for 86 of the more recent MEE questions, there is an accompanying released MEE answer exemplar from another state (New York, Minnesota and Arkansas) which also contains comprehensive color coding to visually demonstrate how the IRAC phrases (in green), issue legal terminology (in blue) and statutes/law (in red) are weaved together in the answers of high-scoring examinees; (4) each answer appears immediately after each question to enable quick review or issue spotting; (5) each NCBE Answer Analysis has been edited for more efficient study (answers are 10% shorter than the answers contained in the NCBE books); and (6) audio MP3 versions of the MEE questions and NCBE Answer Analyses  are available for the last 20 MEE exams on the subscription site so you can create different memory impressions when you are commuting, working out, cooking, etc.

Since 1995, NCBE has released 46 MEE exams (from Feb 1995 to Feb 2018). Each MEE exam contains 6-9 questions (7 questions in exams from Feb 1995 to Feb 2007, 9 questions in exams from July 2007 to July 2013 and 6 questions in exams from Feb 2014 to Feb 2017) along with a corresponding answer analysis from NCBE for each question. Currently, the MEE tests 14 subjects: Agency & Partnership, Civil Procedure, Conflict of Laws, Constitutional Law, Contracts, Corporations & LLCs, Criminal Law & Procedure, Evidence, Family Law, Real Property, Secured Transactions, Torts, Trusts, and Wills & Estates. The subjects of Agency & Partnership, Corporations, Civil Procedure, Conflicts, Family Law, Secured Transactions, Trusts and Wills & Estates have been tested since February 1995 while MEE testing of the MBE subjects (with the exception of Civil Procedure) began in July 2007. In addition, NCBE formerly tested the subject of Negotiable Instruments/Commercial Paper, but this subject was removed from MEE exam-testing in February 2014.

Utilizing these licensed MEE materials, I created this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document which contains all the released MEE essay questions and answer analysis from Feb 1995 to present. This compilation is a very efficient way to review the MEE essay questions and answers. It is superior to the individual MEE exam PDFs available from NCBE (which are available on the subscription site) for six main reasons:

• This Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document contains all the MEE exams from 1995 to present in a single document. This is a significant time-saver. Utilizing the hyperlinked Table of Contents or Microsoft Word’s Navigation Pane, you can jump to any subject, question or answer instantly. To use the hyperlinked Table of Contents, simply hold down the CTRL key and click on an item in the Table of Contents and you will jump to that question in the Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document. In addition, if you go to View from the menu, if you check "Navigation pane" in the Show menu, you will see a hyperlinked navigation pane on the left side of the document. By creating a word document, the document is editable and searchable. You can make this document your own, by adding notes, comments, or special formatting or highlighting. In addition, examinees can search the document for keywords in the past essay questions and answers. On the Menu/Ribbon, if you go to View, there is a macro button called "Count Words." If you click on the button, a dialog box will ask "What word do you want to count?" Enter a word or a phrase and then press OK. For example, if you enter the phrase "attractive nuisance", you will be told that "attractive nuisance appears 2 times" in the questions and answers from 1995 to present.

• Unlike the MEE booklets released by NCBE, the MEE questions in this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document are grouped by subject, with the questions sorted from newest to oldest. This enables an examinee to quickly and efficiently get an understanding of each MEE subject. For example, an examinee with very little study time should look at the first few questions from each MEE subject while an examinee who has a good bit of study time should look at 5-10 questions from each MEE subject. Comprehensively seeing how the MEE tests a subject will help you spot issues for that subject because you will have a complete picture of what has been tested in the past. Furthermore, only the relevant MEE questions are included in this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation. For example, the 30 questions on UCC Article 3 Negotiable Instruments Commercial Paper (tested in the Feb 1995-July 2013 exams) have been removed because this subject is no longer tested on the MEE. Likewise, if there is a cross-over question (e.g. Contracts & Commercial Paper or Negotiable Instruments). It has been removed so that you don’t waste any time studying topics that are no longer tested on the MEE.

• This Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document also contains released MEE answers from other states. Currently, 86 of the 309 MEE questions have exemplars from states of New York, Minnesota and Arkansas (please note that these exemplars may occasionally refer to their state law within these answers). By analyzing these above average answers, examinees will learn to write passing MEE essays by example. These "best examinee" answers provide insight as to what type of writing and how much knowledge and analysis is required for an above average score that is not at the level of the released NCBE Answer Analyses. Put simply, there is an architecture to high scoring essays. For example, in examining the released MEE essay answers, there is generally a consistent framework of how a question is answered. In order to get an "above-average" score on the essays, examinees should emulate the structure of the above-average answers. If you can adapt their writing style to the format expected and use the terminology the bar graders are familiar with, you increase your chance of getting a better score. To illustrate this framework, for each of the 86  released "above-average" examinee MEE essay answers, I highlight in green each time the examinee used an IRAC-type introductory phrase to discuss/analyze an issue or to transition to a different part of the IRAC framework. Please note that each of these essays was likely from a different examinee, so these "above-average" essay answers illustrate the IRAC framework of 86 examinees. I highlight in blue each time the examinee used issue legal terminology (i.e. "buzz-words) that illustrate the examinee’s understanding of the law in question. Finally, I highlight in red each time the examinee referred to a statute, case, law or rule. This shows you what statutes/rules are worthy of mention on the MEE when tested (and also how infrequently they are necessary). It is important that you peruse these essays once to understand how the IRAC framework and statute references are used in the highest scoring answers - think of these essays as "blue-prints" of how you should compose your own essay answers. Please keep in mind the law may not always be correct in these examinee answers and you should always refer to the NCBE Answer analysis for the correct law.

• In this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document, the NCBE Answer Analysis always appears after the question. In the released MEE exam booklets, the questions are grouped together and then the corresponding answers are grouped together. This requires an examinee to hunt for the answer to each question. In addition, the questions and answers in this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document are separated by a page break so an examinee can read an MEE essay and answer the question (or quickly issue spot) without any hint of the answer, and the examinee can then go to the answer explanation(s) on the next page. This means that an examinee can use this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document not only for MEE studying, but also for MEE testing.

• Each NCBE Answer Analysis in this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document has been significantly edited to  make them more readable and to make them appear more like written essay answers. In the released MEE exams, the answers contain numerous citations that are irrelevant to an examinee answering the MEE questions. Removing these superfluous citations has made the answers 10% shorter. Examinees simply do not have the time to read or research these citations. I left in only the most important citations, and I abbreviated these citations to reduce their complexity. In addition, the MEE answers are better organized. In some cases, the number of Legal Problems in the Answer Analysis did not correspond with the number of Answer points. In all cases, this has been fixed so the answers are consistent. All these changes are intended to make studying for the MEE more efficient. Please note that all the typographical errors I encounter are corrected in these essays, so they will not mirror the MEE essays released by NCBE. Also, there are intentional (but de minimus) mistakes intended to identify any copying/sharing of this compilation.

• There are also 34 hours of MP3 audio files covering the last 200+ MEE questions and NCBE Answer Analyses (from July 2017 to July 2007) downloadable from the subscription site. Audio versions of the materials you study are a great way to create different forms of memory impressions (meaning if on the exam if you don’t remember something you read, you may remember something you heard). If you are limited on time or you are an auditory learner, use the MP3s when you commute/cook/work out (or just get sick of reading). Every examinee should try the MP3s to see if they are helpful as an alternate learning tool. As one subscriber told me: "I realized during this process that I actually am much more of an auditory learner, and I found myself able to focus more and retain more from audio or audio with text than I ever have just by reading. So the fact that you provide so many audio resources made a big difference for me."

According to NYBOLE, “... the MEE questions are designed to test the candidate’s skills of issue identification, factual and legal analysis, and written communication, as well as knowledge of the law.” Since these are the skills you need to develop for the upcoming MEE, I suggest you primarily rely on the NCBE answers contained in this Seperac MEE Essays Compilation document to issue spot, learn the applicable law and how to respond to the questions. I recommend that examinees read or listen to the MP3s of the MEE essays and NCBE answers for the last ten administrations. Reading, listening to, outlining, and answering these MEE essays will teach you how to compose an MEE answer that the bar examiners are looking for. The MEE answers from NCBE can be regarded as model answers (however, please note that since each answer to each issue generally stands on its own, portions of the answers may seem repetitive between some points). These NCBE answers are important to learn because the essay graders will be relying on these MEE answer analyses for grading purposes, so the more familiar you are with what the MEE graders are looking for, the better your essay score should be. For example, by studying these MEE answers from NCBE, you will know what seminal cases are relevant to certain legal topics, what statutes and acts are relevant to certain legal areas, and what black letter law rules and analysis NCBE deems relevant to each issue.

Examinees should also review the released exemplar MEE answers from other states (available with certain subscriptions, these answers appear after the NCBE MEE answer) to understand what a more realistic MEE answer appears like. These are top scoring essays, so the quality of your essay will be lower, but study these essays to pick up on their formatting, issue spotting, and analysis. As a rule of thumb, you can achieve an above-passing MEE score if you write 50% of an NCBE MEE answer or 50%-70% of a state released answer (FYI, the MEE answer analyses from NCBE average 1,350 words per answer while the examinee exemplars from New York, Minnesota and Arkansas average 887 words per answer). Put simply, an examinee can write a passing MEE answer if: (1) for 100% of the topics in the MEE question, you correctly issue spot, provide a relevant 1-sentence analysis, and arrive at the correct conclusion for each issue; OR (2) for 75% of the topics in the MEE question, you correctly issue spot, provide a relevant 2-4 sentence analysis, and arrive at the correct conclusion for these issues (assuming the point values for the MEE topics are weighted roughly the same); OR (3) for 50% of the topics in the MEE question, you write a very good answer and for the other topics, you make some cogent points with good analysis even if the issues, analysis and conclusion are incorrect (again assuming the point values for the MEE topics are weighted roughly the same). Basically, if you can spot the issues, demonstrate to the grader that you spotted the issues by using the appropriate terminology (the same terminology used in the NCBE Answer Analyses) and you perform some factual analysis, that will be a passing essay. The worse you do on one aspect of this, the better you need to do on the other aspects to have a passing essay. Keep in mind that there is no guarantee a particular essay will ever receive a particular score – such is the subjectivity of essay grading.

I recommend that examinees read (and/or listen to the MP3s of) the MEE essays and answers for the last ten administrations, if not more. The purpose of reading these essays is to understand how MEE essay questions are posed and how to identify the issues and appropriately respond. Reading, listening to, outlining, and answering these MEE essays will teach you how to compose an MEE answer that the bar examiners are looking for.

If you have the released MEE questions, you can essentially grade yourself by comparing your answers to the NCBE answer analyses. According to the maker of the MEE: “NCBE’s grader training and materials also assign weights to subparts in a question. So an examinee who performs well on one subpart of an MEE question worth 25% of the total score that could be awarded for that question is not assured a 6 unless he performs well on the other parts of the question, too, in comparison with other examinees. In other words, there is a weighting framework for assigning points, which helps to keep graders calibrated and consistent.” see the March 2015 NCBE Testing Column: Judith A. Gundersen, The Testing Column, Essay Grading Fundamentals, The Bar Examiner (March 2015). This differs from pre-UBE essay grading where it appeared the graders reviewed the essays more holistically (i.e. looking at the overall answer and then assigning a score). On the MEE, the graders are somewhat constrained by the grading weights, meaning that a well written answer with good reasoning that misses issues will probably score lower than a poorly written answer with basic analysis that correctly identifies all the issues.

Since the graders are referring to a point-sheet, I believe issue-spotting is paramount on the MEE (this is why I made the MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting outline). Because an MEE question must be answered in 30 minutes, there is less time for an examinee to write a thoughtful analysis that might sway the grader. Instead, the MEE is seemingly designed as a hit-and-run exam where examinees must hit each issue and then simply run to the next one. In such circumstances, if what you say is not on the grader’s checklist, you are not likely to earn points for it. For example, following is a J16 MEE essay that received an above-passing score by merely spotting the issues and writing the rules with some short analysis and correct conclusions.

If you are willing to self-evaluate, I suggest you write answers to released MEE questions under timed conditions and then consult the NCBE Answer Analysis to determine your grade. For each discrete point that is graded, if you correctly spotted the issue and concluded correctly (with some accurate law and relevant analysis in-between), you can confidently give yourself half-credit for that answer. If you can score half-credit for every issue, it will likely be an above-passing MEE answer. For example, Essay #3 from the July 2016 MEE (Torts) dealt with the issues of 'standard of care', 'strict liability', 'products liability' and 'market share liability.' For this Torts essay, I found that examinees that addressed the issues by simply applying the negligence standard of duty, breach, causation and liability generally did not receive above-passing scores (further supporting by belief that issue spotting trumps analysis on the MEE), meaning you are less likely to fake an answer and get credit for it.

You can also write an answer to a question in the MEE Comparison and then compare your answer to other graded answers (I am working on an automated way of doing this). If this is too much effort, you can simply look at passing and above-passing MEEs. For example, one subscriber told me: “I think this helped me immensely, because although I had not practiced writing any essays, I still really got a feel for the tone, length, content and structure of passing answers which created a ‘voice’ in my head when writing essays.” Put simply, good essays look like other good essays.

MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium (Click for Sample) Click here to read more


The Seperac MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium serves as an excellent way to familiarize yourself with how the MEE questions for each subject are posed, what issues are at play, and what the outcomes are, along with a brief discussion of the answer. For examinees that have practiced essays and are confident their writing and analysis will be satisfactory, this Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium enables an examinee to efficiently review a wide range of past MEE essays (most likely the most important ones) and their corresponding issues/answers to improve their issue spotting and knowledge. For example, in a post-exam follow-up, in asking what examinees found "LEAST helpful" in their studies, one examinee told me: "I spent a long time writing out whole essays for grading by a "professor"... Because I felt that I was being evaluated by someone and I was submitting a work product, I ended up spending too much time making every essay as perfect as possible. Some of the essays were not MEE style, but simply more complicated with tons more issues. I don't think that this was a good use of my time. I would have preferred to outline essays or practice spotting issues."

This compendium contains every released MEE question from 2002 to July 2017 (with the exception of Negotiable Instruments/Commercial Paper questions which are no longer tested on the MEE exam). This compendium contains 224 MEE questions on the 14 testable MEE subjects: Agency & Partnership, Civil Procedure, Conflict of Laws, Constitutional Law, Contracts, Corporations & LLCs, Criminal Law & Procedure, Evidence, Family Law, Real Property, Secured Transactions, Torts, Trusts, and Wills & Estates. Please note that MEE testing of the MBE subjects (with the exception of Civil Procedure) only began in July 2007, so there are fewer MEE questions for these subjects.

The MEE questions in this Issue Spotting Compendium are grouped by subject, with the questions sorted from newest to oldest. Examinees should focus on one subject at a time, reading each question from that subject and then attempting to issue spot (either on paper or in your head). The questions and short answers in this compendium are separated by a page break so an examinee can read each question without any hint of the answer, and the examinee can then go to the answer explanation on the next page to self-assess. The questions for each subject are sorted from most recent to least recent because I regard the more recent exam questions as more important (much like the recently released MBE questions in the OPE 1-4 exams better reflect the current MBE, the recently released MEE questions from 2011-2017 better reflect the current MEE).

The Answer Analysis section contains a list of the relevant legal problems tested in the question (which are referred to as “Issues”) along with an answer to each legal problem, and then an Answer Discussion which consists of a brief overview of the answer. The Issue answers are color coded so examinees can quickly determine how the issue was resolved (Red for No, Green for Yes and Blue means Not Applicable). Each Issue reports its assigned score value which provides some insight into how much knowledge and analysis is required for each Issue. For example “POINT 1 (25%)means that this issue was worth 25%  of an examinee’s total score for that essay (and generally should represent about 25% of your writing).

If you go to View from the WORD menu, if you check "Navigation pane" in the Show menu, you will see a hyperlinked navigation pane on the left side of the document. This enables you to quickly jump around between questions. As a word document, the document is editable – you can make this document your own by adding or removing text, increasing the font size, changing the margins, or adding comments, special formatting/highlighting. The default font is Times New Roman because this is the font NCBE uses for the MEE questions, but feel free to change it if you prefer something more readable. In addition, examinees can search the document for keywords in the past essay questions and answers. On the Menu/Ribbon, if you go to View, there is a macro button called "Count Words." If you click on the button, a dialog box will ask "What word do you want to count?" Enter a word or a phrase and then press OK.

This MEE Issue Spotting Compendium serves as a well-organized way to familiarize yourself with how the questions for each subject are posed, what issues are at play, and what the outcomes are, along with a brief discussion of the answer. For examinees that have practiced essays and are confident in their writing and analysis, this MEE Issue Spotting Compendium enables an examinee to efficiently review a wide range of past MEE essays (likely the most important ones) and their corresponding issues/answers to improve their issue spotting and knowledge. In addition, there are MP3s of this compendium for each subject on the subscription site for advanced subscriptions. If possible, I recommend that examinees alternate between reading this outline and listen to the MP3s of this outline since it is a great way to create different memory impressions in your studies.

I feel that all examinees (regardless of school/rank/grades/race/gender) need to practice their issue spotting for the MEE. Even if you were good at issue spotting in law school exams, you must still make sure that you are competent at issue spotting on MEE exams because the MEE may present the issues in a way that you are unfamiliar with. The MEE Issue Spotting Compendium is a great tool for efficiently understanding the wide range of issues relevant to each previously tested MEE legal topic. Put simply, the only way to really become familiar with how the issues are presented on the MEE is to practice issue spotting on past MEE exams.

• MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium MP3s (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

In addition, audio files of the MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium in MP3 format organized by subject are available (over 16 hours of audio). I find that listening is an effective way to absorb the information, as each different memory you can create in your studying (e.g. listening versus reading) will help you to later recall the information. When I studied for the bar exam, I made MP3s of the multiple choice questions and listened to them when I commuted. Later, when I made MASTER, I made MP3s of the essays to listen to. I found listening to the essays (questions and answers) to be more efficient than listening to the multiple choice questions. I also felt that I understood the essays better by listening to them as opposed to reading them. Put simply, there is no better way of knowing the exam than the exam itself. Therefore, there is no better way of understanding the exam than by looking at prior exams. Every examinee should try the MP3s to see if they are helpful as an alternate learning tool. Audio versions of the materials you study are a great way to create different forms of memory impressions. For example, one subscriber told me: "I realized during this process that I actually am much more of an auditory learner, and I found myself able to focus more and retain more from audio or audio with text than I ever have just by reading.  So the fact that you provide so many audio resources made a big difference for me.  I heavily used the audio MBE rules as well."

Top 50 MEE Questions with MP3s Click here to read more

With each exam, I sort the released MEE questions and answers based on their priority for the upcoming exam. I then create MP3s of the Top 50 MEE questions. I regard these questions as the ones statistically most likely to be re-tested in some fashion on the upcoming MEE exam. If you are going to spend time reviewing past MEE essays, I strongly recommend that you focus primarily on these 50 MEE essays. Subscribers can download these 50 MEE questions + NCBE answers either as a single MP3 containing all 50 questions in priority order, or as a ZIP file that contains each question/answer as an individual MP3. You should the listen to, review, practice, and issue spot as many of these essays as possible. There is also a PDF and WORD document keyed to this MP3 in case you want to follow along.

MPT MATERIALS/ADVICE

• Seperac MPT Outline Click here to read more

The Seperac Multistate Performance Test Outline (8 pages) is useful to review because it contains a good bit of information and advice that is relevant to the current MPT. Every subscriber should read this outline in its entirety and then re-review it every so often, including a day or so before the exam. For example, this outline breaks down the MPT universe so examinees know which jurisdiction's laws are controlling and contains the NCBE "better answer" tips all examinees should know before writing the MPT. The Seperac Multistate Performance Test Outline is also a very good resource for knowing how to format each MPT type. Formatting is an important aspect of the MPT so you need to understand what is required in your answer and how each format is presented - this can sometimes represent 10% of your grade. If you format the MPT well, the grader will notice and will presume you have worked with these types of documents before. Even if the analysis is lacking, this creates the illusion that you have a professional looking document.

• Six MPT Comparisons (2010-2012 MPTs) Click here to read more

The Advanced Subscription includes access to the 2010-2012 February and July MPT Comparisons (which are 6 of the 15 MPT Comparisons that are available via subscription). I frequently talk about how I try to make this subscription site a gap-filler where I create study materials that are useful, efficient and unique. The MPT Comparison is a perfect example of this. Each MPT Comparison is an essay bank of graded MPT answers for a particular administration - this is an excellent resource that does not exist anywhere else. The MPT is a "closed universe" practical problem using instructions, factual data, cases, statutes and other reference material. Accordingly, one of the most effective things an examinee can do is to answer MPTs under exam conditions and then dissect their answers along with the answers of high-scoring MPTs to see how the answers differ in regards to their use of the factual data, cases, statutes and other reference materials. This process of examination often leads to a good understanding of how to compose an above-passing MPT. I created an MPT Comparison to enable examinees to do this. Utilizing this Comparison, examinees can learn how other examinees (especially high scoring examinees) incorporate the MPT File and Library in their answers. Examinees can also use this MPT Comparison to analyze their own MPT answer to the question. Generally, an exam MPT Comparison consists of 20-50 graded examinee MPT answers (both handwritten and typed) that are all compared to one another. Following are small samples of the February and July 2010 comparisons:


FEB 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE


JULY 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE

In the MPT comparison, each submitted MPT is compared to every other submitted MPT. For example, in the above July 2010 sample, there are 10 comparisons based on 3 examinee essays and the two released above average answers. On the subscription site, for the July 2010 exam, for each MPT, there are 1,596 comparisons based on 55 examinee MPTs and the two released above average answers. For the February 2011 exam, for each MPT, there are 465 comparisons based on 29 examinee MPTs and the two released above average answers. I feel this analysis is invaluable for examinees to quickly and efficiently discover "what works" versus "what doesn't work" on the MPT. The reason essays are released by NY BOLE is so examinees can identify deficiencies in their essays. In a 1995 bill to bill to amend the Judiciary Law, the bill stated that it is in New York State's "best interest to insure that all bar applicants are given an equal opportunity to pass the NYS Bar Examination. Disclosure of past testing materials and applicant examinations allow prospective attorneys to become aware of testing subject matter and methodology so that otherwise qualified attorneys are not defeated in their attempts to pass the bar examination."

The MPT Comparison compares each item and looks through them for matching words in phrases (minimum of 2 words). The reports contain the document text with the matching phrases underlined. The reports also show PDFs of the two MPTs you selected side-by-side. Examinees learn by example - reviewing a collection of graded MPTs helps you better understand the MPT. Put simply, good MPTs look like other good MPTs. The MPT Comparison will provide a voice inside your head regarding MPT format, style and length. For example, examinees should study the high scoring MPTs. I find that high scoring MPTs are generally consistent in style and format - they cite well, cite all the relevant cases/statutes, and analyze heavily.

In a March 2014 article entitled "It Should Be About Feedback and Revision" by J. Elizabeth Clark, an English professor at LaGuardia Community College who wrote that "[h]igh-stakes essay writing is about learning to game the system. Good test takers are just that: Students who learned the rules of the game, often through expensive test-prep courses that disadvantage poor and at-risk students. Those with greater access to coaches and materials and practice do better on the exam, but that does not mean they are better writers." This MPT Comparison is an excellent way for examinees to learn "the rules of the game." Put simply, there is no other resource available that enables examinees to compare and contrast a number of graded MPTs and compare them to one another or to other discrete elements of the MPT question/answer. Please use this to your advantage, especially if you do not have the time to practice many MPTs.

In my statistical analysis of the text of hundreds of graded examinee MPTs over the past nine years, I have determined that MPT answers that have more language in common with the NCBE point sheet, the higher the MPT score (assuming the examinee concluded correctly). This means you must know the format, style and tone that are expected, know what arguments to make, and know what portions of the library/statutes/cases you should use to support your position. The best way to do this is to deconstruct MPT answers. Basically, you want to take apart good MPT answers to see how they are constructed. Doing this on your own is rather tedious (and also assuming that you have a good sample of high-scoring MPT answers to work with). This online MPT Comparison is a computerized way to accomplish the same result. The MPT Comparison lets you visually see what text was used from every discrete component that make up the MPT as compared to any other item in the Comparison.

• MPT Format Bible (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

To help examinees quickly review the different formats tested on the MPT, I created an MPT Format Bible. This document (in WORD format or PDF format) contains each MPT tested on the New York Bar exam since July 2001 (when the MPT was first introduced). This MPT document should serve as your bible for learning MPT formats. The MPT Format Bible is intended to be an efficient means of learning the different MPT formats that have been tested in the past and understanding what is required for each MPT format. Each MPT contained in this document consists of a heading that contain statistical information on the MPT, an NCBE summary of the MPT question, and then two released NYBOLE above average answers for the MPT (which likely received scaled scores between 80-85). Knowing the formats is important and there is no easier way to do it than through this Format Bible. For example, one J16 examinee who had failing MPT scores told me: "I worked on practicing the MPT and felt confident about the first MPT. I finished both, but got a 32.33 on the one I had been confident on (I used the wrong format, legal memo, rather than a letter to a client. I still can't believe I made such an enormous error.)"

Even if your MPT analysis is poor, if the format is correct and properly structured, you can improve your MPT score. Furthermore, do not gamble on a particular format appearing on an upcoming exam - there is insufficient data to predict what MPT format may appear. Instead, use the MPT Format Bible to review the most commonly tested formats and styles. Examinees should review the MPT answers to understand how a Persuasive MPT answer is written versus an Objective MPT answer. Examinees should review the answers for the MPT types that did not have guidelines or had minimal guidelines to ensure they understand the formats required for these types of MPTs. Finally, examinees should briefly review MPT answers that contain a Statement of the Case or a Statement of Facts to understand how to compose one if necessary.

EXAM MATERIALS/ADVICE

• Advice on Top 10 mistakes examinees make Click here to read more

The Advanced Subscription includes my explanation of the Top 10 mistakes examinees most commonly make in their bar exam studies. Since 2005, I have statistically analyzed the scores from over 4,000+ failing examinees and post-exam follow-ups from 2,000+ examinees (both passing and failing). Furthermore, I have reviewed and statistically analyzed over 3,000 essays/MPT answers from over 500 failing examinees. I collect and analyze this information because I find it invaluable in learning what mistakes examinees commonly make. Everything I do on the subscription site is geared towards improving examinee outcomes by reducing mistakes. Examinees who are considered at risk of failing the exam must seriously embrace the advice on this site as it is built upon the mistakes of thousands of examinees. You must learn from these mistakes or else you are bound to make the same mistakes.

 

   



Please note that this ADVANCED SUBSCRIPTION module does NOT contain the UBE MASTER outline. Furthermore, while content on the FULL PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTION contains topic priorities for the upcoming exam, the material available with this subscription does NOT contain any such priorities. Please make sure to review the samples of the available materials before you subscribe.


FULL PREMIUM SUBSCRIPTION

The FULL PREMIUM subscription provides you access to everything you have read about on this page (although some of the material will be the premium level rather than the basic level). You can think of the FULL PREMIUM subscription site as a very long written tutoring session with a lot of good material (not just the UBE MASTER outline) along with useful advice and strategies. Whether subscribing will be the difference between you passing or failing, I don’t know. However, I truly feel that if you embrace the strategies/advice on the subscription site and fully utilize the materials, you will give yourself the best chance at passing by studying as efficiently as possible (and thereby devoting more quality time to the MBE). Many examinees have found these methods/materials effective. For example, unsolicited comments and testimonials from hundreds of examinees are here. More detailed comments about how recent examinees passed using the FULL PREMIUM subscription site are here. I realize that I am very fortunate to be in a position where I get to speak with many examinees about the exam. I don ’t take this for granted and I continually work on improving what I do (while cataloging everything). In the decade, I have spent more time analyzing the New York bar exam than any single person in the world. In that time, I have examined the scores from over 4,000 failing examinees, reviewed over 3,000 graded essays/500 MPTs and acquired over 1,500 books related to the bar exam (if you are curious, you can read more about this here). There is pretty much no bar-exam related question I can't answer. Everything I tell examinees to do (MEE priorities, MBE strategies, etc.), I fully explain the rationale behind it. In a way, it makes the subscription site much more daunting (I am aware of this), but I feel it is important for examinees to understand why I am telling them to do something. I generally continue doing research that I release on the FULL PREMIUM subscription site up until the exam. On the question forum, I am available to give advice, answer questions, respond to comments, or research law, time permitting. Please note for examinees limited on time or subscribing late, there is a UBE FINAL REVIEW outline containing what I regard as the most important topics for the upcoming MBE/MEE.

Click here for a detailed explanation of the subscription site


How you are navigating this page is how you would navigate the subscription site. Basically, I summarize the important aspects of the information/advice/materials and then it is discussed in further detail in these expandable "blue text" sections. This is done to give examinees the pertinant information without having to read a wall of text, but the wall of text is there if needed.

The subscription site is essentially a mix of preparation materials, tools and information/advice. The purpose of the materials and the advice is to enable examinees to study as efficiently as possible. For example, UBE MASTER OUTLINE doesn’t predict what topics will appear on the next exam – it simply prioritizes the topics to indicate which topics are not likely to appear. I am somewhere between a supplemental bar review course and a full bar review course. The main thing missing from the subscription site are good MBE questions, although I have 650+ short answer MBE-type questions called MBE Flashcard exams and I give advice on what MBE questions subscribers should use (I reviewed most available MBE practice question sources and determined which were the best to use based on a number of factors such as the average length of the answer explanations). I like to think of my subscription site as a gap-filler. For example, every bar review gives you a lot of books filled with law. These books generally contain too much law for an examinee to review in a timely manner (perhaps so no one can ever complain that a topic appeared on the exam that wasn’t in the books). Furthermore, bar reviews generally do not prioritize the information they give you. I try to cover only the majority of what should be tested on the exam and I prioritize it. I can understand why no one wants to prioritize the information – it is a lot of work to put every single MBE/MEE issue ever tested into a spreadsheet to statistically determine each issue’s average score value, but I do this. Also, if you are wrong, your business model will fail along with your customers. My SEPERAC UBE MASTER OUTLINE is comprehensive, but it is intended to give you the best possible overview of the MBE and MEE in as condensed a format as possible (although it is hardly condensed being 450 pages long). I used these outlines to pass the exam in 2005 with an MBE score of 162. Since then, I have been continually improving them. For example, a subscriber who scored a 174 on the MBE in NY and then a 177 on the MBE in NJ told me: “… as far as the MBE is concerned, your outlines have been most useful since you emphasize the fine distinctions.” I go through a lot of effort to prioritize the categories in the outline so that this large amount of material can be studied efficiently. I have been assigning priorities and analyzing their accuracy for the past 16 exams. You can read more about the prioritizations here. Basically, I calculate how much each category is supposed to contribute in points to the MBE (which results in the MBE priority of HIGH, MED or LOW) and then I use different criteria to determine the MEE priority (it is based on a number of factors to statistically determine if a topic is less likely to appear). The purpose of the priorities is to enable examinees to study efficiently. For example, if a subscriber finds that he or she is having difficulty retaining the wide range of information in the outline, the examinee should focus on the HIGH priority categories (in BLUE) so they can at least be competent on what will probably represent about 50-70% of their total MBE/MEE score. This is something part-time examinees should also consider if they find there is simply too much for them to study/learn. For example, the LOW priority categories (in ORANGE) should represent about 10% of your total MBE/MEE score (and if you follow the study guidelines in the UBE MASTER OUTLINE, it would represent about 10% of your total study). Examinees who are limited in time or memory sometimes opt to give the LOW priority topics just a cursory overview and the MEDIUM priority topics (expected to be about 25% of your total MBE/MEE score) a basic review so that they can focus on the HIGH priority topics (which will make up a majority of the MBE/MEE).

The SEPERAC UBE MASTER OUTLINE is the main outline for you to study. The black letter law sections of the SEPERAC UBE MASTER OUTLINE are designed to cover the majority of the law you will see on the MBE/MEE. Next, the MBE Rules sections are intended to show you exactly how NCBE tested that black letter law in the past on the MBE. This will help your issue spotting on the MBE and improve your overall MBE knowledge without having to spend the time to answer the 1,500+ released NCBE questions (or you can use the rules to supplement your testing of the NCBE MBE questions). Next, the MEE Issues sections are intended to show you what exactly how NCBE tested that law in the past on the MEE (45 exams since 1995). Finally, within the black letter law sections, I include hypotheticals of scenarios that may be tested on the upcoming MBE. All this information is supplemented by the MEE Topic Summaries and the MEE Released Answer Compilation when you need a more in-depth understanding of the topic. The MEE Topic Summaries document contains the MEE black letter law you should know on a prioritized basis. The MEE Released Answer Compilation has all the released NCBE answers (plus released above average answers from other states) sorted in order of priority for the upcoming exam. There is also an MEE Quick Review Outline which is similar to the MEE Released Answer Compilation in that it contains the released NCBE questions (only 206 questions though), but instead of full answers, it has just the issues, their outcomes, and a short answer discussion. This outline should be used for issue-spotting practice. By looking at this information as a whole, you will develop a very good understanding of not just what is tested on the MBE/MEE, but also how it is tested.

Thus, the SEPERAC UBE MASTER OUTLINE is especially helpful if you are not answering the released NCBE questions (because you previously answered them or because you are limited in time and you would prefer to focus on harder MBE questions). I strongly suggest that examinees practice MBE questions from multiple sources (I discuss this in depth on the MBE page) because I find that high scoring MBE examinees generally do MBE practice questions from multiple sources. In contrast, if you only do questions from a specific source, and that source doesn’t adequately represent the mix of easy, medium and hard questions that are expected on the MBE, you risk having a below average MBE score. For example, some repeat examinees who previously scored in the high 120s/low 130s on the MBE actually see their MBE score go down if they only study the NCBE questions on their next attempt.

Since I put a lot of time into trying to understand the exam, you should regard my outlines as a very good reflection of it. There are a lot of smaller outlines you can buy on the internet that will make you feel good because there is less material to study, but I often find that these outlines are too superficial to cover the wide range of nuances that are tested on the MBE/MEE. In contrast, I strive to make my outlines as reflective of the current exam as possible. Thus, you are taking more of a calculated risk with my material as I try to predict the exam (although I am loathe to call them predictions). However, I genuinely regard my materials as the most on-point materials available.

If you are an auditory learner, you will love the subscription site. I make MP3s of a lot of the content (samples are on the subscription page) so you can listen to it rather than read it. For example, I make a Top 50 Released MEE Answers MP3 so examinees can listen to 50 past MEE questions and answers which I regard as most likely to re-appear in some fashion on the upcoming MEE. This is another example of where the subscription site acts as a gap-filler – no other bar review has MP3s of the MEE questions/answers or of MBE Rules based on NCBE questions.

Comments from other examinees will give you a better idea of how actual subscribers use the site:
https://seperac.com/bar/comments.php

To succeed at anything, you have to understand it first. From reading the subscription site, you will develop a very good understanding of the UBE bar exam (probably a better understanding than a lot of bar tutors). For example, to help examinees better understand the bar exam essays/MPT, I created Essay/MPT comparisons. These comparisons examine a collection of essays/MPTs and looks through them for matching words in phrases (minimum of 2 words). The reports contain the document text with the matching phrases underlined. The reports also show PDFs of the two essays you selected side-by-side. The current MEE Comparison consists of 200+ graded essays (this has replaced the pre-UBE essay Comparison which consisted of 2,400+ graded essays). The MPT Comparison consists of 600+ graded MPTs spanning the past 14 MPT administrations (from February 2010 to July 2016). This is another example of where the subscription site acts as a gap-filler – no other bar review provides graded MEEs/MPTs for examinees to review and compare side by side.

Following are small samples of the February and July 2010 comparisons for illustration purposes:

FEB 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE

JULY 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE

I feel these Comparisons are invaluable for examinees to quickly and efficiently discover "what works" versus "what doesn't work" on the MEE/MPT. For example, one examinee told me: "I did much better on my essays this time due in large part to your comparison tool. I found that to be extremely helpful." For the exam, this examinee's essay average was better than 95% of examinees that sent me their scores. In contrast, on the prior exam, the examinee's essay average was better than only 58% of the examinees that sent me their scores.

The most significant way in which the subscription site acts as a gap-filler is the advice and strategies it contains that are derived from my obsession with information and statistics. Over the past ten years, I have statistically analyzed score sheets (4,000+), essays (2,000+), MPTs (600+), examinees (2,000+ supplemental post exam followups) and bar materials (1,500 bar-related books in a searchable database – if you are curious, I explain it here: https://seperac.com/learning.php). In the past decade, I have likely spent more time analyzing the bar exam than any single person in the world. Thus, there is a lot of good advice on the site. Everything I tell examinees to do (category priorities, MBE strategies, etc.), I fully explain the rationale behind it. In a way, it makes the subscription site much more daunting (I am aware of this), but I feel it is important for examinees to understand why I am telling them to do something. Think of the subscription site as a long written tutoring session with a lot of really good material. Some comments I’ve received from Feb 2017 subscribers: “When compared to my previous outlines, your outlines are more coherent and I love the fact that MBE rules and MEE topic issues are synthesized into the outline. Thank you.“ ; “Thanks so much for all your help thus far.  Both the master outline and the essay compilation are fantastic. “;  “Many thanks Joe for all the material you've provided so far. Solving MBE and doing the essays makes me realise the giant amount of time and effort you've put into your materials so thank you so much for your thoughtfulness.”; “I am sorry that I asked you before completing the section on MEE. It is very helpful.” ; “despite nearly 10 years working for ***, I have never before seen such impressive use of Word!” ; Your MEE outline was helpful.  I did not have much time.  Without it I would have bombed today's MEE.” ; “One more day to go... it was not bad today. All your precious were almost accurate in essays I was so impressed when I opened the book. I don't know how I did but at least I didn't panic at all just kept write what ever I was able to recall.  Thanks!”

While there is a lot of useful information and materials on this site, the UBE MASTER OUTLINE is the pièce de résistance of this subscription site. In my humble opinion, it is by far the best MBE/MEE study outline available anywhere. Why do I regard it as the most effective outline you could ever use for the UBE exam? First, the black letter law portions of the outline are highly on point, both proportionally and contextually. For example, for the upcoming exam, I intend to have 25 pages of black letter law per MBE subject since each MBE subject consists of 25 graded questions. For each page of black letter law, my goal is to have it represent one expected question on the MBE. Thus, by reading these 175 pages of black letter law, you should be very prepared for the law that will be tested on the upcoming MBE. I am very reactive with my content/priorities because all the information I have is stored as data that I can manipulate (for example, you might be surprised to learn that the UBE MASTER OUTLINE is created entirely by scripts with the data taken from Excel). In contrast, other bar reviews modify their materials at a glacial pace, which is why examinees often feel blindsided after taking the exam. For example, based on the NBCE Subject Matter outline, the subject of Real Property consists of five categories: (1) Ownership; (2) Rights in Land; (3) Contracts; (4) Mortgages; and (5) Titles. Each category is equally weighted, meaning each category will represent 20% of your Real Property MBE score. However, if you look at the MBE outlines of the big bar reviews, you would not see anything remotely close to these proportions. For example, 44% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership) even though it is only 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Meanwhile, 7% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 3 (Contracts) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Likewise, 8% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 4 (Mortgages) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Kaplan is similar – 45% of Kaplan's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership); 9% is based on category 3 (Contracts) and 9% is based on category 4 (Mortgages). This is why areas such as brokerage contracts or the Fair Housing Act (which are now frequently tested on the MBE) barely get a mention in the Barbri and Kaplan books.

With my materials, what you can expect on the exam is what you can expect in my outlines. As discussed above, there are a lot of smaller outlines you can buy/download from the internet that will make you feel good because there is less material to study, but I regard these outlines are too superficial to cover the wide range of nuances that are tested on the MBE/MEE. Quite honestly, sometimes I feel that I need more than one page of black letter law per MBE question to cover all the nuances for each MBE topic, but I have settled on one page per MBE question for the time being. However, unless you are domestic educated first-time candidate, smaller outlines will leave you with too many gaps in your MBE knowledge. Basically, the closer you are to the demographic of a domestic educated first-time candidate, the greater your margin of error in MBE study (meaning such examinees can afford to miss questions on new MBE topics such as brokerage contracts or the Fair Housing Act because these examinees will still score 65%-75% correct on the MBE based on their demographic). However, the further away you are from this demographic, the lower your margin of error on the MBE (meaning you really need every point you can get because your expected MBE % correct is typically lower than 65%, i.e. below 140 scaled). Put simply, at risk candidates must study as efficiently as possible because they either don’t have the time or ability to fully comprehend everything, so they really can’t afford to study anything that is not on point or incomplete.

Second, for the entire universe of legal issues tested on the released MBE and MEE questions over the past 20+ years, there are MBE rule and MEE issue synopses built into the UBE MASTER OUTLINE. Since the MBE and MEE often re-test issues (there are only so many things you can test in only so many ways), having all the past issues in front of you (organized by category and written in a way to give you a quick overview of each specific issue) will give you a distinct advantage on the exam. Put simply, rather than having to read thousands of pages of past exams to pick up these tested issues, they have all been conveniently synopsized for you as one-sentence issue/rule statements. More importantly, because these issues/rules are organized by category, you will be able to make connections much more easily in your study, facilitating your learning/understanding of each category.

Next, the outline is designed to facilitate your studying. It is in WORD format so you can edit it. Thus, as you answer/review MBE practice questions, you can add your MBE rules to the appropriate MBE rules section of each category. You can also add text anywhere to the outline along with comments or highlighting (subscribers frequently add extensive commenting or color-coding to the outline). The outline has links to two other documents – the MEE MASTER RELEASED ANSWER COMPILATION document contains every MEE question and answer for the past 20 years which is linked to the MEE issue synopsis in the UBE MASTER OUTLINE. The MEE MASTER TOPIC SUMMARIES document contains prioritized summaries/synopses of the legal principles tested on the MEE exam since 1995 (which is the law you would discuss on an MEE essay). The comprehensive linking (there are 1,000+ links) truly facilitates efficient studying because you can jump around to learn more about an unfamiliar issue/topic without wasting any time searching. It's hard to appreciate something like this until you use it.

Finally, all the MBE-MEE categories in the outline are prioritized. I honestly don't think anyone in the world has done what I have done, which is to go through each issue ever tested on the MBE and MEE over the past 20 years and categorize it in a spreadsheet and then analyze the data to determine the value of each category along with its probability of appearance. Put simply, the priorities will make your MBE/MEE studying as efficient as possible. Keep in mind that basing your study-time on these priorities doesn't guarantee that you will understand each topic – it simply ensures that you never inefficiently over-study a topic. More so, since the MEE only tests about 20 issues per exam, if the MEE priorities in the UBE MASTER OUTLINE help you answer just 3-4 more issues than you would have answered without the outline, this can account for 10-15% of your total MEE score.

The Seperac Full Premium Subscription consists of the following materials/information (click on the Read More links for further details and/or samples):

COMBINED MBE-MEE MATERIALS

Seperac UBE Master Outline (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

The best way to understand this outline is to see it. Click here to view a sample. It is a 495 page outline containing black letter law outlines for the 14 MBE/MEE subjects that is keyed to the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outlines and broken down into 358 different categories. There are MBE/MEE priorities for each of the 358 testable categories. If the category has been tested on a released MBE or MEE exam, every associated MBE rule or MEE issue is reported after the black letter law section (based on 1,800+ MBE rules and 1,300+ MEE issues from the past 20+ years). The MEE issues section for each category also contains hyperlinks that will take you to the relevant MEE MASTER topic summaries for that category or to the MEE answer for that issue. This outline is fully up to date for the July 2017 exam, meaning it reflects the recent NCBE changes to Real Property topics and Evidence priorities.

Basically, I dissect the exam for subscribers to save them a good deal of time in their studies. The UBE MASTER outline is an excellent representation of both the MBE and MEE. Aside from the black letter law sections that cover the material I expect to be tested on the upcoming exam, I also include the issues that were tested on every past released MBE and MEE exam (going back 20 years consisting of 1,800+ MBE issues and 1,300+ MEE issues). For example, doing well on the MBE involves knowing both the past MBE law tested and the current MBE law tested. The past law tested is represented in the released NCBE MBE questions. I added MBE rules for these released NCBE questions to my UBE MASTER outline so examinee can more efficiently review the law behind these questions (and see all the law together). For example, to answer and review these released NCBE questions would take about 200 hours (2 minutes per question to read , and 5 minutes per question to review the answer and make a rule) while listening to an MP3 of these rules available on the subscription site would take 10 hours. Furthermore, the MEE issues in the outline contain links to the published MEE essay questions, so in other words, when you click the issue link, you can instantly can see the "facts" (in the questions) related to the particular issues along with the answer explanations. This is a very helpful and efficient way to study – by reading my outline, you have a complete set of information: the MBE/MEE black letter law, relevant hypotheticals, rules statements based on the 1,800+ released NCBE questions, the 1,300+ prior-tested MEE issues with the related facts and relevant answers and finally, topic summaries of those MEE answers for easy memorization/regurgitation.

The MBE black letter law sections of this outline should be your bible – each of the 175 pages is expected to represent one of the MBE questions on the J17 MBE. For example, based on the NBCE Subject Matter outline, the subject of Real Property consists of five categories: (1) Ownership; (2) Rights in Land; (3) Contracts; (4) Mortgages; and (5) Titles. Each category is equally weighted, meaning each category will represent 20% of your Real Property MBE score. However, if you look at the MBE outlines of the big bar reviews, you would not see anything remotely close to these proportions. For example, 44% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership) even though it is only 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Meanwhile, 7% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 3 (Contracts) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Likewise, 8% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 4 (Mortgages) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Kaplan and Themis are similar. For Kaplan, 45% of Kaplan's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership); 9% is based on category 3 (Contracts) and 9% is based on category 4 (Mortgages). For Themis, 36% of Themis' Real Property MBE outline is based on category 1 (Ownership); 9% is based on category 3 (Contracts) and 12% is based on category 4 (Mortgages). The average examinee gets about 18/25 correct on Real Property MBE questions. If you miss 50% of the category 3 (Contracts) and category 4 (Mortgages) MBE questions because your outline was 50% too small for those categories, that alone is about 5 MBE questions (which tranlates to 3-4 total UBE points). With my UBE MASTER outline, you won’t see such inefficiencies, except in rare cases (about 5% of the categories required more content than what proportionality dictated). My UBE MASTER outline covers the topics from the perspectives they will likely be tested on.

If you are reviewing a topic that you are familiar with (or it is designated low priority), there is less of a need to visit the hyperlinks to see how the issues were tested on the MEE. However, when you encounter a topic you are having trouble with (or it is designated high priority), the hyperlinks allow you to instantly see all the permutations of how that topic was tested in the past. Often, seeing the application of the law in the questions is far more helpful than reviewing the black letter law on its own. Examples are how you learn to better synthesize/analyze the law. My outline consists of thousands of of examples (from past MBE/MEE questions and others). Put simply, if an outline does not have good examples, it is not a good outline.

Following is the official explanation of the UBE MASTER outline contained in its Introduction section:

Using this outline is fairly intuitive, but if you want to fully understand its benefits, please continue reading this Introduction section. At a minimum, examinees should read about how to use the hyper-links because they enable you to utilize other resources to supplement your studies.

The Seperac UBE MASTER outline contains the following features:

The UBE MASTER outline is keyed to the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outline
Each year, NCBE provides a subject matter outline that indicates the MBE and MEE’s scope of coverage. According to NCBE, the test items for each MBE and MEE exam are developed from these categories. The UBE MASTER outline is specifically keyed to the most recent NCBE outline to cover all the items NCBE regards as testable. Both outlines share the same categorical divisions – the UBE MASTER outline contains 358 categories based on the ABC-level items in the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outline. Thus, you will be seeing the categories the same way NCBE wants you to see them.

By strictly adhering to the NCBE Subject Matter outline categorizations, the MBE content in the UBE MASTER outline is proportionally and contextually balanced. For example, based on the 2017 NBCE Subject Matter outline, the subject of Real Property consists of five categories: (1) Ownership; (2) Rights in Land; (3) Contracts; (4) Mortgages; and (5) Titles. Each category is equally weighted, meaning each category will represent 20% of your Real Property MBE score. However, if you look at the MBE outlines of the big bar reviews, you would not see anything remotely close to these proportions. For example, 44% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership) even though it is only 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Meanwhile, 7% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 3 (Contracts) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Likewise, 8% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 4 (Mortgages) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Kaplan is similar – 45% of Kaplan's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership); 9% is based on category 3 (Contracts) and 9% is based on category 4 (Mortgages).

In contrast, the UBE MASTER outline is designed to have 25 pages of black letter law per MBE subject with each page intended to represent 1 MBE question (e.g. for Criminal Law/Procedure, 12 of the 25 pages are on the Constitutional Protection of Accused Persons making it 7% of the UBE MASTER OUTLINE since it is expected to be 7% of your MBE score). Thus, the black letter law sections of the UBE MASTER OUTLINE will appropriately tell you what to expect on the upcoming exam (both contextually and proportionally), while the built-in MBE rules and MEE issues will tell you what was tested on the past. This is about as complete a picture as you can have of the current MBE exam. Furthermore, when you study based on the priorities, you will not be spending too much time on the past, or too little time on the current.

NOTE: Of the 168 MBE ABC categories in the UBE MASTER outline, about 5% of them are longer than their expected content based on my 175 MBE question/175 page methodology. It was necessary to do this to cover all the material that may be tested on the MBE for that ABC category.

The UBE MASTER outline is intended to be your MBE study bible
Examinees should treat the UBE MASTER outline as their personal MBE study bible. I strongly believe there is no better representation of the current MBE than this outline in as condensed a format. You should assume that each page of black letter law (which will sometimes span multiple pages depending on the number of corresponding MBE Rules/MEE issues) will represent 1 of the 175 graded questions you will see on the MBE. Thus, if there is a part of the outline you don’t understand pertaining to an MBE issue, you must review/research it to understand it. The MBE tests both past topics and new current topics and this outline is intended to help you with both. The past MBE topics are reflected in the built-in MBE rules (I wrote synopses of the law for each of the 1,800+ released NCBE questions – these are the same questions in Adaptibar/Strategies & Tactics, Barmax, etc.). The past topics and new current topics are reflected in the black letter law sections of the outline. I devote one page of black letter law (font size of 10 – feel free to increase it if you find it too small) to what I expect to represent one MBE question on the exam. Thus, there are approximately 175 pages of black letter law for the 7 MBE subjects, plus the built in MBE and MEE issues. The past topics and new current topics are also reflected in the built-in MEE issues (over past 400 MEE issues related to the 7 MBE subjects) because past MEE issues have been turned into MBE questions (especially with Civil Procedure). Accordingly, knowing the past tested MEE issues will help you on the MBE. Finally, the outline is highly prioritized. It is sorted by subject based on how much each subject is expected to contribute to your final score (both in context of the MBE and MEE). It is further prioritized by category so that you study the MEE topics expected to be repeated before you study any MEE topics not expected to be repeated. Put simply, the better you understand the MBE portion of this outline, the better you should score on the MBE and the more likely you will pass the exam.
One of the most important aspects of these outlines is the priorities. As I explain in detail below, the priorities enable examinees to study based on how much each category is expected to contribute to their score. If you are studying full time (8-9 hours per day for 6-7 days per week), then you should follow the study-time recommendations for each category (e.g. study 3x a week, 2x a week, 1x a week, 1x every two weeks, or 1x every month). If you are studying part-time (or you are using this material only to supplement your full-bar review), you should adjust the study-time proportionally. Studying this outline based on the assigned priorities should lead to the most efficient outcome on the upcoming UBE exam.

The UBE MASTER outline is a “dense” condensed outline. Due to the wide range of content that can be tested on the MBE and MEE, a denser outline is the more appropriate choice to study for upcoming exam issues. For example, a subscriber who scored a 174 on the MBE in NY and then a 177 on the MBE in NJ told me: “… as far as the MBE is concerned, your outlines have been most useful since you emphasize the fine distinctions.” Furthermore, I determined that there are fewer “repeat” topics on the MEE as compared to the pre-UBE essays, necessitating the need for a broader/denser overall outline. In categorizing every single topic tested on the MEE since 1995, I determined that out of the 798 individual topics tested on the past 44 MEE exams, 519 of these topics were tested just once (65%) while 279 of these topics were tested more than once (35%). I then broadened the scope by looking at the ABC Categories (there are 358 ABC categories based on the NCBE subject matter outlines). Out of the 358 ABC categories, 247 categories have been tested on the MEE since 1995, meaning 111 ABC categories have not been tested yet. In regards to the 247 ABC categories that have been tested, 61 of the categories have been tested only once (25%), while 186 of the categories have been tested more than once (75%). Thus, one is much better able to 'predict' what ABC categories will appear rather than individual topics. Put simply, if my outline was based solely on previously tested MEE topics (which is what the pre-unified MASTER outline did), it would directly cover only about 35% of an upcoming MEE exam (based only on specific topics).

The UBE MASTER outline is designed for combined MBE and MEE study

The MBE and MEE are too intertwined to be studied for separately. For example, MBE issues are tested on the MEE and MEE issues are tested on the MBE (especially for Civil Procedure). Furthermore, the MBE subjects often represent the majority of MEE questions. For example, on the July 2016 UBE exam, 68% of an examinee's MEE score (which is 30% of the total UBE score) came from MBE subjects (meaning 70% of an examinee’s total UBE score came from the 7 MBE subjects). On the Feb 2017 UBE exam, these percentages flip-flopped and 33% of an examinee's MEE score came from MBE subjects (meaning 60% of an examinee’s total UBE score came from the 7 MBE subjects). I expect NCBE’s testing of the MEE specific subjects on the MEE to wax and wane from exam to exam – on some exams a majority of the MEE will be based on the MEE specific subjects whereas other MEE exams will consist mainly of MBE subjects. However, to handle such a variance between exams, a unified MBE/MEE outline is necessary.  Thus, I merged all my individual outlines into a single outline – this UBE MASTER outline, and then appropriately prioritized it so that examinees study exactly how much each category is worth to their total UBE score. For each ABC category (169 MBE/MEE ABC categories and 189 MEE categories for a total of 358 different categories) contained in the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outlines, I outline what I regard as the relevant black letter law (along with hypotheticals and examples) followed by the relevant MBE rules and MEE issues for that category, along with a link to any MEE MASTER topic summaries.

If you attempt to study for the MEE using a separate outline, you are likely to duplicate your efforts and inefficiently over-study certain areas. The UBE MASTER outline enables you to study for both the MBE and the MEE at the same time by taking into account how much each category is expected to contribute to both your MBE score AND your MEE score. Combined study is also facilitated by the embedded MBE rules and MEE issues. As such, you will not only be able to know the importance of each of the 358 testable ABC categories, but you will also see exactly how the categories have been tested each time on the MEE/MBE over the past 20+ years (based on the released MBE and MEE questions). This helps examinees construct their MBE/MEE knowledge by not only reading/studying the relevant black letter law, but also efficiently seeing how it has been tested by NCBE. Examinees that have difficulty retaining the wide range of testable content can focus on the HIGH to MEDIUM priority topics which should represent 50%-70% of their total UBE score.

The more efficiently you study for the MBE/MEE portions of the exam, the more time you will have to divert to MBE practice. Examinees that do well on the MBE generally pass. Examinees that fail the exam usually did not do well on the MBE (almost always below the median MBE for the administration). Doing well on the MBE is partly a function of time – if you don’t have a lot of time to spend studying/practicing for it, it is hard to do well on it. While study for the other components of the exam can be “abbreviated” to some extent, MBE study really can’t be given short-shrift, nor can MBE answers be “bluffed” as with the MEE. The main purpose of this outline and relying on the priorities is to allow for abbreviated study so examinees are able to divert that extra time to MBE studying/practice.

Categorized and prioritized MBE rules for the 1,800+ released NCBE MBE questions from 1991 to present are built into the UBE MASTER outline

To do well on the MBE, examinees should first become familiar with the law tested on past MBE questions. If you have the time, you should answer and review the 1,800+ released NCBE questions (I discuss this in depth on the MBE Study page). Reviewing these 1,800+ released NCBE questions takes about 150-200 hours (assuming 1.8 minutes to read each question and 5 minutes to review each answer explanation and write a rule). For examinees that don’t have the time to do this (e.g. you are following your full bar review course syllabus and using their questions or you are studying part-time), I wrote rules for these 1,800+ questions (from the 1991 NCBE exams all the way up to the 2017 NCBE sample questions). A word document of these rules is 130 pages long. I also created a MBE Rules MP3 of these 1,800+ questions which is about 10 hours long. While it is always better to do the questions (to practice your reading comprehension and dealing with distractors), if you are short on time, this is an excellent alternative method to acquire the black letter law behind what NCBE has tested in the past in a very efficient way. More so, these rules are prioritized based on my priorities for the upcoming exam. Therefore, the rules are broken down into 36 ranked categories (representing the 36 MBE categories in the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outlines) to enable examinees to study the most important categories (that will contribute the most to the examinee’s MBE score) before studying the least important MBE categories. Thus, if you are very short on time, this is an excellent way to pick up the most important law in the least amount of time.

Please note that studying these rules is only one part of your overall MBE study. While the law behind past NCBE questions will give you insight into some of the legal concepts you can expect to see on the upcoming MBE, they are not always representative. For example, out of the 1,800+ released NCBE questions, there are only two questions on Double Jeopardy (1/10 of 1% of the questions). In contrast, Double Jeopardy is tested fairly frequently on the current MBE (I expect it to represent about 1% of your total MBE score). Basically, the entire area of Constitutional Protection of Accused Persons is under-represented in the released NCBE questions (it is just 3% of the 1,800 NCBE questions, but expected to be 7% of your MBE score). To cite another example, the Rule of Perpetuities (from the Real Property subcategory of Special Problems) represents about 1% of the released NCBE questions, but on the upcoming exam, I expect this subcategory to be tested substantially less. Thus, if your MBE study is based only on the law behind the released NCBE MBE questions, you will be under-prepared for some areas and over-prepared for others. Accordingly, subscribers must study the black-letter law in the UBE MASTER outline in tandem with these MBE rules. By seeing the rules associated with the black letter law, it will make it easier to understand the law (remember, knowledge is constructed).

The MBE rules are listed in order of importance. The OPE 1-4 rules (listed first) are the most important for you to know. For example, if you go to the section of the outline for Torts: Negligence: Standard of Care, you will see rules for the 37 standard of care questions tested on the released MBE questions from 1991-2017 sorted in order of importance. Thus, if you are very limited on time (let’s say because you put a lot of time into MBE practice), rather than studying all the rules separately, you can study them as you are studying the black letter law in the UBE MASTER outline, and you can further choose to focus on only the most important rules. As you answer MBE practice questions, you can also add your own rules to these sections to further enhance their understanding of each category. By maintaining all your rules in the UBE MASTER outline, you will have everything important contained in one single logical place.

Categorized and prioritized MEE issue statements for 400+ NCBE MEE issues from 2007 to present are built into the MBE sections of the UBE MASTER outline

In making the UBE MASTER outline (which involved examining every single MEE issue ever tested), I found that topics tested on the MEE that pertain to MBE subjects are also tested on the MBE. This makes sense, as NCBE probably uses MEE fact patterns to construct MBE questions and vice versa. This is especially true with the subject of Civil Procedure (which was added to the MBE in 2015) probably because NCBE needed to create a large pool of questions for the MBE so it likely went to the best source it had – prior MEE questions going back 44 MEE exams. As such, examinees should be looking at MEE issues when studying for the MBE and at MBE issues when studying for the MEE – this outline enables you to do so. You can also add notes in the boxes at the end of each category. This is a great place to put your MBE rules that pertain to that category or any MEE issues you encounter. Issue spotting is very important for the MEE, so you want to track this information to better help you on the exam.

Over 1,000+ hypotheticals and examples for the 7 MBE subjects are built into the UBE MASTER outline

Examinees learn by example. Accordingly, there are over 1,000 hypotheticals, tips and examples for the seven MBE subjects. The hypotheticals are detailed examples that are separately identified and appear in a yellow box with the prefix HYPO. The tips also appear in yellow boxes with the prefix TIP. The examples are less detailed parentheticals that start with (e.g.). Taking into account that the 1,800+ embedded MBE rules and 1,300+ MEE issues which also serve as examples, this UBE MASTER outline essentially contains almost 4,000 examples of the law to facilitate your understanding of it.

Drilling it down even further, I highlight what I regard as the topical areas of greater importance

For some categories, I highlight in yellow highlighting any topics or areas that I regard as more likely to be tested on the upcoming exam. This is based on my own personal opinion of which topics may be of greater importance (no statistical analysis is involved in this). I suggest you devote a little more time studying the highlighted areas as opposed to the non-highlighted areas, but you really should rely on the priorities contained in the outline topic headers more than the yellow highlighted areas.

Each MBE category is prioritized for the upcoming MBE

The UBE MASTER outline is sorted in order of subject priority. For example, an MBE subject that is not expected to contribute to your MEE score will appear lower in the outline than an MBE subject that is expected to contribute to your MEE score. Within these subjects, each ABC category is further prioritized. The MBE consists of 175 graded questions based on seven subjects (25 questions per subject). The MBE portion of the UBE MASTER outline consists of 169 MBE categories. However, while one would think that each category should reflect approximately one MBE question on the exam, they do not. In contrast, some categories will represent multiple MBE questions on the exam while other categories will represent no questions. Each category heading will tell you how many MBE questions you can expect on the exam based on the priorities of HIGH, MED and LOW. For example, if a category has an MBE-MEE priority of HIGH, this category is HIGH priority for both the MBE and MEE. If a category has an MBE-MEE priority of HIGH-MED, this category is HIGH priority for the MBE and MEDIUM priority for the MEE. A HIGH priority MBE category means that there will generally be 2 or more MBE questions from this category on the upcoming MBE exam. A MED priority MBE category means that there will generally be 1 or more MBE questions from this category. A LOW priority MBE category means there will be 0-1 MBE questions tested from this category on the upcoming MBE. Thus, if you are an examinee very limited on study time, you may wish to ignore the LOW priority MBE categories since those areas may or may not be tested on the upcoming MBE. Otherwise, you should simply study based on the study-time allocations.

Each MEE category is prioritized for the upcoming MEE

Everyone studies differently and certain study methods do not work for certain people. However, if you subscribed, you probably agree with the philosophy that you should study the MEE topics most likely to appear (and avoid the MEE topics least likely to appear) in order to increase your chances of passing the exam. In my analysis of bar exam essay topics over the past ten years, I have concluded that you cannot predict the essay topics for an upcoming exam – you can only assess topic priorities. The MASTER priorities use statistical analysis to determine which topics are not likely to appear on the upcoming exam. I strongly believe that this is the most efficient way an examinee can study for the bar exam. I put a good deal of time into determining the MASTER priorities for each exam – the priorities go far beyond simply looking at the frequency of appearance of a topic. For the MEE, a topic cannot appear on every exam and the MASTER priorities try to account for that. Since the entire MEE exam may consist of only 25 topics spread across 6 MEE questions, knowing just 4-5 more topics better than a typical examinee due to the MEE MASTER prioritizations can help you immensely on the exam.

Since examinees are taking a calculated risk by following these MEE priorities, I prepare a detailed post-exam analysis of MASTER for each administration it was used (16 administrations so far) to enable examinees (and myself) to better assess that risk. I also publish an even more detailed post-exam analysis on the subscription site after each exam. I know that many examinees rely on me to give them good information, so I regard it as bar review malpractice to not examine and report on the effectiveness of the information I provide:
https://seperac.com/bar/analysis.php

After I develop the statistical methodologies for the priorities, I test how these conditions would have worked on past exams. This “scenario testing” serves as a confirmation that the priorities are on point. If this was not the case, I would never release a prioritized list and tell examinees to rely on it. As stated above, I regard it as bar review malpractice to give advice to someone that requires them to take significant calculated risks in their studying unless it is strongly supported by the data. The priorities may sometimes seem illogical (i.e. a frequently appearing topic has a low priority or a rarely appearing topic has a high priority). However, every priority is based on a logical set of criteria to establish its priority. The determination of MASTER priorities is strictly formula based – I do not make any subjective assessments. Accordingly, the MASTER priorities are reactive – if the examiners modify how they select previously tested topics, the MASTER priorities change accordingly. Often, I am not even aware of the current priority of a specific topic since my opinion plays no role in the determination of the priorities. Even though the bar examiners may "shake things up" occasionally, there still needs to be an overall consistency to essay topic selection. Put simply, the more inconsistent the examiners are with essay topic selection, the less likely the exam will determine an applicant’s proficiency. For example, if a large number of obscure topics were tested, most examinees would do poorly on them, making it harder to distinguish applicants sufficiently to determine who is qualified versus unqualified.

Please keep in mind that the priorities in this UBE MASTER outline are specific to the upcoming exam only. For example, if you test the priorities in the current MASTER against the immediately preceding bar exam, the priorities would be inaccurate. In the past, an average of 30% of the priorities change between each exam (in some cases, up to 50%). Thus, always rely on the topic’s priority rather than the topic's frequency of appearance.
Again, MASTER doesn't predict what topics will appear on the next exam - it simply prioritizes the topics to indicate which topics are not likely to appear. Studying based on these time allocations will not ensure that you will fully understand each category - the purpose of these time allocations is to ensure that you do not over-study a particular category. However, by studying based on these priorities, I strongly believe you put yourself in the best position to pass through proportionate learning. Once I determine how much something is worth towards your total score, that is how much study-time it warrants – any more than that and you are being inefficient. Inefficiency in studying is sometimes unavoidable, but I go to a lot of effort to make your studying as efficient as possible.

Seperac MEE Master-Topic Summaries Outline (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

The MEE MASTER Topic Summaries outline consists of 200+ pages and contains prioritized summaries/synopses of the legal principles tested on the MEE exam since 1995. The topics are categorized based on the ABC subcategories contained in the NCBE Subject Matter outlines. The categories are sorted based on priority for the upcoming exam (highest priority first, then medium priority, then low priority). These generic paragraphs not only explain the relevant law, but can also be used to speed the writing process on the exam (even to bluff your way through parts of a question). This is a great way to learn what to say for an MEE answer while also learning the law.

Seperac MEE Master-Topic Summaries MP3s (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

MP3s are also available for each MEE MASTER topic summary. A representative sample MP3 can be downloaded here. I advise examinees to listen to these while commuting/working out/etc or if simply want to give your eyes a rest. As one examinee told me: "the MP3s are great when I am tired of reading." Listening to the material rather than reading it forms a different memory impression, so on the exam if you don’t remember something you read, you may instead recall something you heard. For example, a subscriber who recently passed told me "I had about a two to three hour drive to the location of the bar exam.  So, I downloaded from your website the MP3s for the topics labeled high priority, and listened to all the topics during my drive.  This actually helped a lot as I really took in the material I listened to in the car.  I would highly recommend doing this for any one using your website."

Seperac MEE Master-Released Answer Compilation (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

Click here to view a sample. This Compilation outline (1,590 pages) is based on the last 47 MEE exams and contains 309 MEE questions. Each MEE question is followed by the NCBE Answer Analysis (and more recent questions also have the best examinee answers from other states). The MEE questions in this Compilation are grouped by priority (based on the SEPERAC MASTER priorities and other criteria) with the most important questions/answers first. The Compilation also identifies every single issue tested on every single essay – this can be used to check whether your issue-spotting is on point when you are outlining. In addition, some of the released answers from other states contain comprehensive color coding to visually demonstrate how the IRAC phrases (in green), issue legal terminology (in blue) and statutes/law (in red) are used. The first released answer exemplar from other states (e.g. New York, Minnesota and Arkansas) also contains comprehensive color coding to visually demonstrate how the IRAC phrases (in green), issue legal terminology (in blue) and statutes/law (in red) are weaved together in the answers of high-scoring examinees. Put simply, there is an architecture to high scoring essays. For example, in examining the released MEE essay answers, there is generally a consistent framework of how a question is answered. In order to get an "above-average" score on the essays, examinees should emulate the structure of the above-average answers. If you can adapt their writing style to the format expected and use the terminology the bar graders are familiar with, you increase your chance of getting a better score. To illustrate this framework, for each of the 86 released "above-average" examinee MEE essay answers, I highlight in green each time the examinee used an IRAC-type introductory phrase to discuss/analyze an issue or to transition to a different part of the IRAC framework. Please note that each of these essays was likely from a different examinee, so these "above-average" essay answers illustrate the IRAC framework of 86 examinees. I highlight in blue each time the examinee used issue legal terminology (i.e. "buzz-words) that illustrate the examinee’s understanding of the law in question. Finally, I highlight in red each time the examinee referred to a statute, case, law or rule. This shows you what statutes/rules are worthy of mention on the MEE when tested (and also how infrequently they are necessary). It is important that you peruse these essays once to understand how the IRAC framework and statute references are used in the highest scoring answers - think of these essays as "blue-prints" of how you should compose your own essay answers. Please keep in mind the law may not always be correct in these examinee answers and you should always refer to the NCBE Answer analysis for the correct law.

• Seperac UBE FINAL REVIEW outline (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

Click here to view a sample. The Seperac UBE FINAL REVIEW outline is based on the UBE MASTER outline HIGH priority categories. While there are 364 testable MBE/MEE categories according to the 2018 NCBE Subject Matter outline, this outline contains only 142 of them. This FINAL REVIEW outline basically consists of the most important parts of the UBE MASTER outline (this outline is 249 pages versus 511 pages for the UBE MASTER outline). It is intended for subscribers who don’t have the time to study the entire UBE MASTER outline or who are looking to do a final review of the most important topics for the upcoming MBE/MEE. I expect the content in this outline to account for 55%-65% of your total UBE score. An explanation of how to best utilize this outline is contained in the outline's Introduction section. It is no easy task to take a large outline and drill it down to what is absolutely critical for an exam, but I believe this outline accomplishes that. For example, much like I expect the 7 MBE subjects to represent about 60-65% of your UBE score on the F18 exam, the MBE subjects in this outline represent about 60-65% of the content. Just as you should treat the UBE MASTER OUTLINE as your bar study bible, the UBE FINAL REVIEW outline should be your abridged bible.

MBE MATERIALS/ADVICE

MBE Study Spreadsheet Click here to read more

MBE Study Sheet

The MBE Study Spreadasheet is an Excel spreadsheet designed for examinees to enter and track their MBE testing progress. You not only enter your scores, but also your times. The spreadsheet reports a summary of your scores and also calculates your scaled score based on the practice test or based on the MBE subject. The spreadsheet will also track your daily or week-to-week progress and report averages such as number of questions per day. In addition, your percentages for each MBE subject (or the entire MBE for Mixed) is compared to the National Mean for that exam from 1995-2004 (NCBE stopped releasing raw scores by MBE subject in 2005). The MBE Scaling is based on a combination of released NY MBE scales. The scale is different depending on whether it is the July or the February exam. The Scaled Score estimate will give you an idea of how you will score on the actual exam (keep in mind that this MBE scale could differ by as many as 12 points, especially for very low or very high scores since the scale is based on the skill-level of that particular pool of examinees). The MBE Study Spreadasheet will analyze scores and additional inormation you enter and break it down by MBE subject. Tracking this information will give you insight into where your problem areas are. For example, you will know how often you were positive your choice was the right answer but turned out to be the wrong answer. By assessing your testing process, you can improve it.

This MBE Study Spreadsheet is designed for you to efficiently track your MBE testing progress. Examinees should independently keep track of their MBE practice answers so that they can re-test themselves later. Keeping track of your times in the MBE Study Spreadsheet over a long period will give you a better idea of whether you will have timing issues on the MBE (for example, most examinees find that Property questions generally take the longest to answer). Also, by examining your scores broken-down by MBE subject, you can see where your problem areas are. You can also gauge your progress by comparing it to mine. Please keep in mind that your areas of improvement/study style could be entirely different. Click on the images to view larger versions of the Excel MBE Study Sheet workbook pages.

MBE Study Sheet
• MBE Legal Terminology List (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

Over the past few years, I have been building a list of doctrines, rules, tests and legal terminology that appear in MBE answer choices which has evolved into a 17-page MBE LEGAL TERMINOLOGY list. The primary purpose of the list is to efficiently familiarize examinees with tricky/unfamiliar/obscure legal terms used on the MBE so that examinees will not encounter a distractor they do not know. Please note that this is not an all encompassing list of MBE legal terms, but I estimate it covers the majority of potentially unfamiliar distractors on the MBE. Put simply, an examinee is less likely to be "tricked" by an MBE question if they are familiar with these terms. Please also note that the definitions are not not comprehensive – they are short definitions intended to give you a basic understanding of the legal term. The MBE subject generally pertaining to the legal term is in parenthesis (e.g. CIV=Civil Procedure, CNL=Constitutional Law, CTR=Contracts, CRM=Criminal Law/Procedure, EVD=Evidence, RLP=Real Property and TOR=Torts). This list is prioritized with the most commonly appearing legal terminology listed at the top. The legal terms are also designated via color coding as of HIGH, MEDIUM, and LOW importance:

High – Legal term in Blue has appeared in multiple prior NCBE MBE Qs
Medium - Legal term in Green has appeared in at least 1 prior NCBE MBE Q
Low - Legal term in Orange has not appeared in a prior NCBE MBE Q

Examinees should give this list a few quick reads and make sure they understand all the HIGH and MEDIUM legal terms because it will probably save you from a few wrong answers on the MBE.

MBE Online Flashcard exams (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

The MBE Flashcard exams are straightforward short answer Yes/No questions on the types of scenarios you may see on the MBE along with the black letter law answers. If you do not have time to answer these “MBE flashcard exams”, there is an MBE Flashcard Question List consisting of these 600+ questions and answers in a condensed format, grouped by subject. Examinees who do not take the MBE Flashcard Exams should review these questions, as they represent the “nuances” you may see tested on the MBE. These MBE Flashcard exams exams are intended to supplement an examinee's MBE knowledge base in a more efficient manner. These flashcard questions are a great way to introduce yourself to the MBE law that is tested on the MBE in small sets of 20 questions. For example:

QUESTION: Bailey places an order with Sam for a set of knives. Sam receives the order, put passes away before accepting the offer or shipping the knives. Sam's executor, appointed to wind up Sam's affairs, finds the order and ships out the knives. When Bailey receives the knives, he learns that Sam has died and rejects the knives. Does Sam's estate have an enforceable contract?

ANSWER: The Answer is No. An offeree's power to accept is terminated when the offeree or the offeror dies or is deprived of legal capacity to enter into the contract, unless the offer is irrevocable, in which case only the offeree's death or incompetence will terminate the offer. Here, the death of the offeree Sam prior to acceptance immediately terminates the offer.

A small sample Flashcard exam can be tested here.

Each MBE Flashcard exam consists of a set of 20 questions in a specific MBE subject based on Constitutional Law, Contracts, Criminal Law/Procedure, Evidence, Property, and Torts (Civil Procedure questions to be added as time permits). There are currently 34 sets, meaning 680 questions in total. These exams can be taken on your computer or on your mobile device, so you can test yourself while at lunch, commuting, etc. Examinees should strive to do 1 set a day (34 days total).

The MBE Flashcard exams began as quick reviews of the ALI Restatement illustrations. The Restatements are treatises published by the American Law Institute that reflect the consensus of the American legal community as to what the law is, and, in some cases, what it should become. Examinees can use the Restatements to obtain clear and concise statements of the law as well as comments upon and illustrations of those rules of law. Although the Restatements are a secondary authority, they are probably the most highly regarded of the secondary authorities. Because the Restatements distill the "black letter law" from cases, I find that they are relied upon by the MBE question writers. In my research on MBE questions, I found that the MBE sometimes tests Restatement hypotheticals almost verbatim. For example, a recent MBE question dealt with a singer who was injured because of a faulty wiring installation that caused smoke on a stage that ruined the singer's vocal cords. The question asked whether the negligent wiring installer was liable for millions of dollars in economic damages due to the singer's lost career. One of the choices stated that the negligent installer was not liable because the claim of 10+ million dollars in damages was not reasonably foreseeable. If this were a contract issue, then the issue of foreseeability of damages would arise. However, in regards to damages in torts, foreseeability of the damages is not an issue. In torts, this is called the “eggshell skull” or “thin-skull” rule. An illustration from the Restatement of the Law, Third, Torts: Liability for Physical and Emotional Harm explains it well (the MBE question was likely based on this Torts Restatement illustration):

3. Jennifer was driving her automobile, manufactured by Benessere Motor Co., on an Interstate highway when the voltage regulator in the car failed due to negligent installation. The failure caused the battery fluid to boil, which produced toxic fumes that reached the interior of the car. Jennifer suffered chronic vocal-cord dysfunction as a result. Jennifer was a popular vocal performer who earned several million dollars each year. All of Jennifer's lost earnings due to her vocal-cord injury are within the scope of Benessere's liability for its negligence, as a matter of law. The thin-skull rule is applicable to all forms of tortious conduct, whether accidental or intentional.

This is often referred to as the Shabby Millionaire Rule. For example, if a tortfeasor runs over what looks like a vagabond but is really the CEO of a Fortune 500 company, the defendant will be liable for the millions in plaintiff's lost wages. However, examinees that confused the Contracts rule for the foreseeability of consequential damages (Hadley v. Baxendale) with the torts rule would have answered this question wrong. This question also serves as an example where you cannot let your emotions affect your answer choice. Some MBE questions are designed to tug on your heart-strings to try to get you to answer with your heart instead of your head. In regards to the above MBE question, it was written from the context of making the reader sympathize with the wire installer so that some examinees who let their emotions get the best of them will conclude that a solitary independent wire installer, even if negligent, should not be responsible for millions of dollars in damages. However, under the appropriate rule of law, the negligent contractor would be liable for all damages within the scope of his liability for negligence.

While the Restatements are a valuable resource for the MBE, they are also incredibly comprehensive – the Restatement of the Law 2d, Contracts contains over 1,800 illustrations while the Restatement of Torts contains over 1,900 illustrations (and this doesn't include related Restatements on Apportionment of Liability, Liability for Physical and Emotional Harm, or Products Liability). However, because I recognized that a portion of the MBE tests the Restatements, I went through the illustrations, selected the ones that I regarded as most relevant to the current MBE, and licensed these Restatement hypotheticals from the American Law Institute. The Restatements cover the subjects of Contracts, Property and Torts. For Constitutional Law, Criminal Law and Evidence, I based the Flashcard exams primarily on cases (which is another source for MBE questions). I plan to add Flashcard questions for Civil Procedure as time permits. While the MBE Flashcard exams do not have multiple distractors (which is the hallmark of a good MBE question), they are still tricky enough that most examinees average 50% correct. Thus, you shouldn’t expect a certain score with these questions because they are not representative of MBE questions. Instead, you should simply regard them as a learning tool. Basically, these flashcard exams are a quick way to pick up the hypotheticals and nuanced legal principles that I feel are likely to be tested on the MBE. Accordingly, while you may see references to the Restatements in the answer explanations, you should not try to delve any deeper into the Restatements other than what you find in these bar materials.

The purpose of these "flashcard" quizzes is to help examinees learn the MBE nuances in a much more abbreviated fashion. By looking at the illustrations, examinees can quickly see how the law is applied. To do well on the MBE, you must be familiar with the nuances of the law. Through these online "flashcard" quizzes, examinees can test themselves on the "details" that may appear on the MBE. The quizzes are geared towards re-takers who have not done well on the MBE. While retakers generally have done enough MBE questions in practice to be familiar with MBE question style and answer format, I feel that retakers with low MBE scores do not have a broad enough knowledge of the MBE nuances. I will never use all the illustrations from the Restatements – I only use the ones that I believe are likely to be tested on the MBE. Some answers may have comprehensive explanations and some may not. I plan to do comprehensive explanations for all the questions when I have the time. Currently, the goal of this online exam is simply to expose examinees to the scenarios (and the correct outcomes) rather than explaining the law in depth. If you understand/remember the scenarios but not the law behind them, you can still do well on the MBE.

Examinees must still test on MBE questions to practice timing and eliminating the wrong but appealing answer choices. However, I regard these flashcard questions as a quicker way to learn the nuances that may be tested on the actual MBE. Accordingly, if you find yourself pressed for time, you will probably learn more MBE relevant legal topics through the flashcard exams than through regular MBE practice questions. These Flashcard quizzes will help examinees learn the MBE nuances in a much more abbreviated fashion since an examinee can do 3-4 flashcard questions in the time it takes to do one MBE question.

I believe that NCBE is making the MBE harder because too many examinees are sharing the MBE questions online in forums, forcing NCBE to make the questions less recognizable. I surmise that NCBE is making the laws tested more intricate to prevent an examinee with a general idea about a question from getting it right on a future exam. Interestingly, this is similar to what happened to me in 2005. When I took the exam in July 2005, the actual MBE questions were nothing like the BARBRI/PMBR/NCBE questions I practiced on. This is because the July 2005 MBE was the first MBE exam to have “new” questions because PMBR had been caught copying earlier questions. According to the PMBR lawsuit, the “July 2005 MBE had to be reprinted at a cost of $59,000 because defendants’ copyright infringement had compromised the initial version.” Thus, through these flashcard exams, examinees will develop a broader knowledge of the law to better recognize the specific laws tested on the MBE.

You should find these Flashcard exams helpful. For example, in post-exam followups with subscribers, I ask them to specify any supplemental bar review materials, courses or tutors they used for the exam (e.g. Adaptibar, Bestmultis, Lean Sheets, Critical Pass Flashcards) and rank them in their order of effectiveness. A subscriber with an MBE score of 137.2 on the July 2016 UBE exam told me: “Seperac (quiz, mp3s, flashcards) Kaplan Mock Exams (too easy) Adaptibar (too simplistic) Critical Flashcards (better to do them alone)” Currently, I don’t have any statistics regarding the correlation between the scores on the flashcard exams and actual MBE scores. However, examinees usually get about 50% correct (the same result as if they had guessed). This is because I try to use questions that cover nuances that are tricky (I want examinees to get them wrong so they can learn what is right and understand the grey areas of law better). In addition, examinees generally do the flashcard exams earlier in their studying, which is another factor that affects any correlation with actual MBE scores.

Prioritized MBE Rules outline based on 1,800+ NCBE MBE questions Click here to read more

If you are not using my MBE Rules Spreadsheet to maintain your MBE rules (which contains my NCBE MBE rules), a prioritized MBE Rules outline of these 1,817 MBE rules is available. This outline contains rules for every single released NCBE exam since 1991 (including the recent 2017-2018 questions). The purpose of the prioritized MBE Rules outline is to memorize the black letter law for the most frequently tested MBE topics. By studying a prioritized MBE Rules outline, you will not only familiarize yourself with the law most likely to appear on the MBE, but you will also familiarize yourself with the words and phrases the bar examiners are using in the "best" answers. The prioritized MBE Rules outline is prioritized based on the 2018 MBE Subject Matter Outlines from NCBE. For example, the NCBE MBE Subject Matter Outline for Constitutional Law states that Constitutional Law: Cat. IV: Individual rights appears in 50% of the Constitutional Law MBE questions. Therefore, about 13 of the 175 questions on the MBE will be from this category. This category is therefore the highest priority category in the prioritized rules outline. Of these 1,817 rules, the most important rules are the recent OPE rules from 2006 and later. I created a separate PDF of these 641 NCBE OPE rules which is 79 pages long.

This outline contains synopses of the law for each of the 1,800+ released NCBE MBE questions (these are the same questions in Adaptibar/Strategies & Tactics, Barmax, etc.). The outline distills the 1,800+ NCBE MBE questions into rule statements so examinees can get the gist of what was tested on the older released MBE questions without having to go through the questions. This is an excellent alternative method to acquire the black letter law behind what NCBE has tested in the past in a very efficient way. More so, these rules are organized by category so you can see the different ways each MBE category has been tested. Furthermore, by seeing the rules associated with the black letter law, it will make it easier to understand the law (remember, knowledge is constructed). For example, a subscriber that scored a 141.9 on the MBE told me: “Knowing now that I passed, I can confidently say that your MBE Rules outline was indispensable.  Even though I probably completed only 400-500 practice MBEs, I really focused on thinking about why I got answers wrong, what aspect of the law I didn't quite understand, and creating rules that directly addressed that misunderstanding. I then reviewed these rules multiple times.

The idea behind these rules is efficiency – you are studying based on prioritization and it is much easier to read this list and get a gist of previously tested rules than it is to go through all the questions and make your own rules outline. I also categorized the rules for each MBE topic. Please note that studying these rules is only one part of your overall MBE study. While the law behind past NCBE questions will give you insight into some of the legal concepts you can expect to see on the upcoming MBE, they often fail to be representative. For example, in the released NCBE questions, there are only two questions on Double Jeopardy (1/10 of 1% of the questions). In contrast, Double Jeopardy is tested fairly frequently on the current MBE (I expect it to represent about 1% of your total MBE score). Basically, the entire area of Constitutional Protection of Accused Persons is under-represented in the released NCBE questions (it is just 3% of the 1,800 NCBE questions, but expected to be 7% of your MBE score). To cite another example, the Rule of Perpetuities (from the Real Property subcategory of Special Problems) represents about 1% of the released NCBE questions, but on the upcoming exam, I expect this subcategory to be tested substantially less. Thus, if your MBE study is based only on the law behind the released NCBE MBE questions, you will be under-prepared for some areas and over-prepared for others. Accordingly, subscribers must study the black-letter law in the SEPERAC MBE-MEE OUTLINE (or UBE MASTER OUTLINE) in tandem with these MBE rules because the new current topics are appropriately reflected in the black letter law sections of the outline. Put simply, the better you understand the law in this outline, the better you will score on the Feb 2018 MBE and the more likely you will pass the exam.

MP3 audio files of the 1,800+ NCBE MBE rules (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

Anytime you cannot actively study, listening to MP3s is a great way to passively study. The most important MBE practice questions are the NCBE OPE 1-4 exams and MBE Study Aid questions. I wrote rules for these 641 questions and also created MP3 files of these rules that can be downloaded and listened to. Of less importance (but still important) are the rules to the non-OPE NCBE questions. These rules consist of 1,200+ released NCBE questions mostly from 1991-1998. Anytime you cannot actively study, listening to MP3s is a great way to passively study. Listening to MP3 of the rules is an effective way to learn the material by forming different memory impressions. For example, a subscriber who passed with an MBE of 140.5 after failing with an MBE of 128.1 told me: “I believe in your method and system and like i said, if i can contribute to it further in any way – i would love to. In terms of what single thing helped me pass the MBE – i think it was writing out the MBE rules and listening to the mp3s the night before. My problem was that id get anxious and think i forgot everything – so listening to the mp3s in 2x speed and going over my mbe rules was big for me. I noticed that I'd make the same mistakes on similar issues over and over again so making sure I got those down really helped. Hearing it read out loud to me with the mp3s was big too.

Having to study such a voluminous amount of material is a daunting task. However, everyone studies differently, so you must find/develop study methods that work for you. In your studying, remember that active repetition is very much more effective than passive repetition. For example, if you re-read a list, this is passive repetition. However, if you recall the list to mind without reference to the text before forgetting has begun, this is active repetition. Accordingly, as you study, verbalize the material as much as possible. Don't just read or listen to the material - talk about the material. These verbal memories increase your chances of finding the information again in your memory. Flashcards are helpful for the same reason - each time you test yourself with a flashcard, you create a separate memory. On the exam, you then use your memories of your flashcard answers to construct an answer to the questions. In your studying, you should be continually making active and varied memory impressions. A common way to form different memory impressions is through auditory learning. I generally advise examinees to listen to bar materials while commuting/working out/showering/etc. Listening to the material forms different memory impressions than reading it, so on the exam if you don’t remember something you read, you may instead recall something you heard.

MBE Rules spreadsheet based on 1,800+ NCBE NON-OPE MBE questions Click here to read more

I created an MBE Rules Spreadsheet for examinees to use as their MBE Rules outline. I regard this MBE Rules Spreadsheet as the most efficient way examinees can organize their MBE rules and study for the MBE. In the MBE Rules Spreadsheet, examinees can easily categorize their MBE “rules” using 4 levels of dropdown choice-lists based on the 2016 NCBE MBE Subject Matter outline categories/sub-categories. One of the key benefits of using a spreadsheet for your MBE rules is that you can manipulate the entered data in many different ways. For example, I designed PivotTables to report the rules in a manner that is categorized, prioritized, organized and efficient. A sample of the report is here. In the report, your MBE rules are sorted based on Category, from most important to least important (based on the number of questions each category is expected to represent on the actual MBE). The rules are further prioritized based on the examinee’s Knowledge Level and Rule Source inputs. For example, NCBE rules where an examinee reports a low Knowledge Level are listed first while less relevant MBE question sources where an examinee reports a high Knowledge Level are listed last. Put simply, the more efficient you are in your studies, the more likely you are to pass the exam. The more efficient your MBE rules outline, the more likely you are to remember the information that is more likely to show up on the MBE. To quote Carly Fiorina, the former CEO of HP, “the goal is to turn data into information, and information into insight.” In my opinion, this MBE Rules Spreadsheet is the most effective way you can gain insight into your mistakes and misapplications of law in a highly efficient manner to optimize your MBE study. In MBE practice, examinees should make a rules outline for all the MBE questions they answer incorrectly or correctly for the wrong reasons. However, if examinees are limited in study time, the next best thing is to study someone else's rules. This Rules Spreadsheet currently contains 1,817 rules based on the MBE Study Aid (210 rules) NCBE Civil Procedure Questions (10 rules), MBE Sample questions (26 rules), NCBE OPE 4 (100 rules), NCBE OPE 3 (100 rules), NCBE OPE 2 (100 rules), NCBE OPE 1 (100 rules), NCBE 1998 EXAM (200 rules), NCBE MBE 1992 EXAM BOOK (530 rules) and MBE 1991 exams (399 rules). The rules are prioritized based on the 2018 MBE Subject Matter Outlines from NCBE. Please note that Microsoft Excel for Mac does not support ActiveX Controls, so some features will not be available in the spreadsheet if you are using a Mac.

MBE Strategies page Click here to read more

The MBE Strategies Page contains strategies for the MBE questions (consisting of about 16,000 words). Prior to taking a multiple choice exam, examinees need to develop and practice a test-taking strategies. This page will help you adopt strategies that can improve your MBE answering ability and ultimately increase your overall MBE score.

MBE Study page Click here to read more

The MBE Study page contains comprehensive MBE advice (consists of about 70,000+ words). On this page, I discuss in detail Bar review practice question sources and answer a lot of MBE related questions such as whether to adjust your MBE Studying during the last two weeks before the exam. On this page, the following questions are answered:

The MBE Component of the Exam
What exactly is the MBE and is it important?
Should I focus on the MBE because it is the most reliable reliable part of the UBE?Click to read more
Will my MBE performance correlate with my MEE/MPT performance?
Will I automatically pass the UBE if I can get an MBE score of 150 or higher?
How likely will I pass the UBE exam with an MBE score of 140 or above?
How will the experimental MBE questions affect me?
What is the minimum raw score I need to pass the MBE?
How should I allocate my MBE study time?
What exactly is the NCBE MBE Subject Matter Outline and why is it important?
What are the most important MBE topics that cross-over to the MEE?
The exam is close - how should I use the MBE materials on this site?

MBE Questions and Practice
What are the NCBE OPE questions and why are they so important?
Will some OPE questions appear on the actual MBE?
Can I estimate my actual MBE score based on my OPE practice scores?
Should I review all 1,800+ released NCBE questions?
What is an MBE rules outline and do I need to make one?
What are the MBE Flashcard exams on your site and should I practice with them?Click to read more
Why is MBE practice so important?
Which MBE practice question sources should I use for MBE practice?
Why should I only use trusted major sources for MBE practice questions?
Should I answer MBE practice questions in small batches or large blocks?
Will the MBE try to trick me with vague words such as 'unless' or 'never'?
Should I practice for the MBE using the Strategies and Tactics books?
Should I use the Strategies and Tactics books or an online method?
Why are the older NCBE questions different from the more recent OPE questions?Click to read more
What areas are under-represented/over-represented in the MBE practice questions?Click to read more
Since Civil Procedure is the most important subject, what materials should I use for it?More
How many MBE questions should I answer in practice?

MBE statistics/analytics Click here to read more

I compiled word frequency analysis charts based on all the released MBEs from 1991 to present. Any useful statistical information I find, I post on this site. All my research is based on identifying the probability of a given subject of topic appearing on the exam. You will never learn everything, but if can learn the high probability topics, you will improve your chances of passing. For example, the MBE Answers Word Frequency Analysis Chart contains 350 keywords that appear most often in the answer choices of 1,550 released MBE questions (1991, 1882, 198 exams and OPE 1-4 exams). The pool of MBE questions that I search through can be regarded as almost eight full MBE exams. The chart is broken down between "ALL ANSWERS" and "RIGHT ANSWERS" and further broken down by exam. I color code the keywords that have statistical significance. Statistically, every keyword should be a right answer approximately 25% of the time. This is because there are four answer choices per question. For example, if the keyword "issue" appears 46 times in the 6,200 possible answer choices, statistically, this keyword should be in the right answer approximately 12 times (25% probability). When this probability differs significantly, there is statistical relevance. For example, in this case, the keyword "issue" is in the right answer only 6 times, resulting in an 13% probability. Therefore, if the past performance is consistent, then statistically, if you are unsure of the answer to a question where the answer choices contain the keyword "issue," from a purely statistical point of view, your guess should NOT be the answer choices with the keyword "issue."

My advice is to not blindly rely on these probabilities, but to use them to help you make educated guesses. Only rely on these statistics when you don't know the answer and need to narrow down your choices. When you have to make a guess, base your guess on this information. This sample of 1,550 questions is a fair average (it essentially represents almost 8 MBE exams), but I would have preferred more questions in the sample, as the more data you have, the better the reliability. Remember that by no means will these patterns tell you the right answer from the wrong answer. However, if the past performance is consistent, then statistically, if you follow the probabilities, your MBE score will improve because more of your guesses will be correct. Also keep in mind that this is a pure keyword frequency analysis. I did not research whether the question was preceded by a negative which may have negated the answer choice or if any other factor changed the call of the answer response. In addition, this is a blind frequency analysis. Therefore, while the keyword only appears in the answer choice, the concept may appear elsewhere and be more prevalent than the keyword statistic suggests.

MBE Word Matrix Calculator Click here to read more

MBE Word Matrix Calculator

To allow examinees to conduct their own analysis, I created an MBE Word Matrix Calculator. This MBE word matrix will report how often a word or word phrase appears in the question part (stem portion), answer part (distractors and right answer), and right answer part of every MBE question released by NCBE. Currently, there are 1,550 released MBE questions - the analysis results are derived from the Sample MBE February 1991 (200 questions); Sample MBE II July 1991 (200 questions); MBE Questions 1992 (581 questions of which 531 are unique); Sample MBE III July 1998 (200 questions); MBE OPE 1 2006 (100 questions); MBE OPE 2 2008 (100 questions); MBE OPE 3 2011 (100 questions); MBE OPE 4 2013 (100 questions); and the MBE 2015 Information Booklets (32 questions).

The matrices will report word counts for the word or word phrase, the probability the word or word phrase is in the right answer choice; the percentage of appearance of the word or word phrase in all the released questions; and the number of questions the word or word phrase is estimated to appear in on an actual MBE exam. The matrices can be used to test how often a word appears in the question part of the MBE questions (i.e. 'federal statute', 'contract', etc.). You can use the matrices to see how often a legal concept is tested on the MBE by examining how often it appears in the answer choices (i.e. 'manslaughter', 'slander', etc.). The matrices are also useful if you are curious as to how often extreme terms such as "none," "never", "always," "every," or "only if" appear in MBE answer choices along with how often they appear as the correct answer. Finally, you can also use the matrices to see how often a word is the correct answer versus how often the antonym of the word is the correct answer (i.e. 'guilty' versus 'not guilty').

To illustrate how the calculator works, this version of the MBE Word Matrix Calculator only analyzes the 2009 MBE Information Booklet which consists of 18 questions along with a question released by NCBE in the November 2007 issue of The Bar Examiner. Some functionality, such as the MBE question estimate, will not be accurate due to the small sample of questions. The MBE Word Matrix calculator on the subscription site analyzes all 1,550 questions.

MEE MATERIALS/ADVICE

• Individual PDFs of the past 47 MEE Exams Click here to read more

Subscribers can download PDFs of the MEE essays from the past 46 exams (from Feb 1995 to Feb 2018). Each PDF consists of the MEE questions and Answer Analyses for that administration. The NCBE Answer Analyses do an excellent job of showing you how to analyze an MEE essay. I regard the process of reviewing the past MEE essays (and their associated issues) as very important. Much like the recently released MBE questions (OPE 1-4) reflect the current MBE, the recently released MEE questions reflect the current MEE. Since the cost to purchase the 2013-2017 MEEs from NCBE is $150, unless an examinee obtains these questions from their bar review, a number of examinees will be unfamiliar with them, giving you an advantage on the MEE. Accordingly, if you planned to buy the MEE questions/answers from NCBE, it is more cost effective to subscribe and you will access not only the MEE questions/answers, but an assortment of other useful materials including the Advanced Seperac MBE-MEE outline.

The MEE exams are downloadable individually or in a single PDF file. I recommend that examinees read the essays and answers for at least the last ten administrations. Alternatively, examinees can listen to the MP3s of these essay questions and answers (the MP3s are a better choice if you commute/etc.). Reading, listening to, and answering/outlining these essays will teach you how to compose an answer that the bar examiners are looking for. In a work by K. Anders Ericsson entitled "Attaining Excellence Through Deliberate Practice," the study found that innate factors are generally poor predictors of expert performance. Instead, expert performance stems from engaging in deliberate practice activities. Deliberate practice is when an individual engages in a practice activity (typically designed by their teachers) with full concentration on improving some aspect of their performance. Frequent intense engagement in certain types of practice activities is shown to induce physiological strain which cause biochemical changes that stimulate growth and transformation of cells, which in turn leads to associated improved adaptations of physiological systems and the brain. For example, deliberate practice is a key factor in maintaining expert levels as performers reach older ages and age-related decreases in performance result from reductions of regular deliberate practice rather than as a direct consequence of aging. Through practice, you will also become proficient at identifying the topics (issue-spotting) by seeing how NCBE presents the topics in the MEE essays. To score well on the essays, examinees must be able to unravel the facts in an essay question and break them up into cognizable legal issues. Outlining the essays: (1) improves your issue-spotting ability - the faster you can issue spot, the more time you will have to compose your answer; (2) tests your ability to recall the answers for the topics (if you find you are missing certain topics all the time, you need to work on them more); and (3) through reading the sample answers, it reinforces the proper essay writing style.

• MP3s of the last 20 MEE exams (questions and answers) (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

To enable examinees to create auditory memory impressions and better remember the material, I created audio files of the MEE questions and answers. These MP3s cover the last 20 MEE exams (about 120 questions and answers) which is about 32 hours of audio. If you have never listened to MP3s of the essays, you should give them a try. As one examinee told me: "I realized during this process that I actually am much more of an auditory learner, and I found myself able to focus more and retain more from audio or audio with text than I ever have just by reading.  So the fact that you provide so many audio resources made a big difference for me." In your studying, you should be continually making active and varied memory impressions. A common way to form different memory impressions is through auditory learning. I generally advise examinees (especially auditory learners) to listen to bar materials while commuting/working out/showering/etc. or if simply want to give your eyes a rest. For example, a subscriber that passed J17 with a written score of 142.1 (MBE of 141.9) after failing F17 with a written score of 134.3 (MBE of 127.7) told me: “I listened to the MP3s when I was cooking or exercising and after a while I just felt I knew it all.” As another examinee told me: "the MP3s are great when I am tired of reading." Listening to the material forms different memory impressions than reading it, so on the exam if you don’t remember something you read, you may instead recall something you heard. Anytime you cannot actively study, listening to MP3s is a great way to passively study. If you pause the MP3s on occasion and verbalize what you are listening to, you can even convert your passive listening into active studying. I find that listening to MP3s while commuting/working out is helpful because you are a captive audience. Even if you don't think you are an auditory learner, you should give the MP3s a try – as one J16 subscriber who passed told me: "I need the soothing voice of your automated mp3."

• MEE Word Calculator Click here to read more

You can use this calculator to test what words or phrases appear in the MEE Questions and Answers from February 1995-July 2017 (46 MEE exams). This is useful if you quickly want to see how often a particular legal concept or legal terminology is discussed on the MEE. For example, if you enter the word/phrase "double jeopardy", it will report that the word/phrase has appeared in the NCBE answer of only 1 Criminal Law & Procedure question out of the 9 Criminal Law & Procedure MEE questions tested since 1995 (11% of the Criminal Law & Procedure MEE questions). The next section reports an overall analysis: that the word/phrase has appeared in only one question and one answer (out of the 309 MEE questions and answers tested from Feb 1995 to Feb 2018). If you scroll down the table for a more detailed analysis, you will see that the word/phrase "double jeopardy" appeared in Question 5 of the February 2014 MEE exam - the word/phrase appeared 2 times in the Question portion and 8 times in the Answer portion.

MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium (Click for Sample) Click here to read more


The Seperac MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium serves as an excellent way to familiarize yourself with how the MEE questions for each subject are posed, what issues are at play, and what the outcomes are, along with a brief discussion of the answer. For examinees that have practiced essays and are confident their writing and analysis will be satisfactory, this Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium enables an examinee to efficiently review a wide range of past MEE essays (most likely the most important ones) and their corresponding issues/answers to improve their issue spotting and knowledge. For example, in a post-exam follow-up, in asking what examinees found "LEAST helpful" in their studies, one examinee told me: "I spent a long time writing out whole essays for grading by a "professor"... Because I felt that I was being evaluated by someone and I was submitting a work product, I ended up spending too much time making every essay as perfect as possible. Some of the essays were not MEE style, but simply more complicated with tons more issues. I don't think that this was a good use of my time. I would have preferred to outline essays or practice spotting issues."

This compendium contains every released MEE question from 2002 to July 2017 (with the exception of Negotiable Instruments/Commercial Paper questions which are no longer tested on the MEE exam). This compendium contains 224 MEE questions on the 14 testable MEE subjects: Agency & Partnership, Civil Procedure, Conflict of Laws, Constitutional Law, Contracts, Corporations & LLCs, Criminal Law & Procedure, Evidence, Family Law, Real Property, Secured Transactions, Torts, Trusts, and Wills & Estates. Please note that MEE testing of the MBE subjects (with the exception of Civil Procedure) only began in July 2007, so there are fewer MEE questions for these subjects.

The MEE questions in this Issue Spotting Compendium are grouped by subject, with the questions sorted from newest to oldest. Examinees should focus on one subject at a time, reading each question from that subject and then attempting to issue spot (either on paper or in your head). The questions and short answers in this compendium are separated by a page break so an examinee can read each question without any hint of the answer, and the examinee can then go to the answer explanation on the next page to self-assess. The questions for each subject are sorted from most recent to least recent because I regard the more recent exam questions as more important (much like the recently released MBE questions in the OPE 1-4 exams better reflect the current MBE, the recently released MEE questions from 2011-2017 better reflect the current MEE).

The Answer Analysis section contains a list of the relevant legal problems tested in the question (which are referred to as “Issues”) along with an answer to each legal problem, and then an Answer Discussion which consists of a brief overview of the answer. The Issue answers are color coded so examinees can quickly determine how the issue was resolved (Red for No, Green for Yes and Blue means Not Applicable). Each Issue reports its assigned score value which provides some insight into how much knowledge and analysis is required for each Issue. For example “POINT 1 (25%)means that this issue was worth 25%  of an examinee’s total score for that essay (and generally should represent about 25% of your writing).

If you go to View from the WORD menu, if you check "Navigation pane" in the Show menu, you will see a hyperlinked navigation pane on the left side of the document. This enables you to quickly jump around between questions. As a word document, the document is editable – you can make this document your own by adding or removing text, increasing the font size, changing the margins, or adding comments, special formatting/highlighting. The default font is Times New Roman because this is the font NCBE uses for the MEE questions, but feel free to change it if you prefer something more readable. In addition, examinees can search the document for keywords in the past essay questions and answers. On the Menu/Ribbon, if you go to View, there is a macro button called "Count Words." If you click on the button, a dialog box will ask "What word do you want to count?" Enter a word or a phrase and then press OK.

This MEE Issue Spotting Compendium serves as a well-organized way to familiarize yourself with how the questions for each subject are posed, what issues are at play, and what the outcomes are, along with a brief discussion of the answer. For examinees that have practiced essays and are confident in their writing and analysis, this MEE Issue Spotting Compendium enables an examinee to efficiently review a wide range of past MEE essays (likely the most important ones) and their corresponding issues/answers to improve their issue spotting and knowledge. In addition, there are MP3s of this compendium for each subject on the subscription site for advanced subscriptions. If possible, I recommend that examinees alternate between reading this outline and listen to the MP3s of this outline since it is a great way to create different memory impressions in your studies.

I feel that all examinees (regardless of school/rank/grades/race/gender) need to practice their issue spotting for the MEE. Even if you were good at issue spotting in law school exams, you must still make sure that you are competent at issue spotting on MEE exams because the MEE may present the issues in a way that you are unfamiliar with. The MEE Issue Spotting Compendium is a great tool for efficiently understanding the wide range of issues relevant to each previously tested MEE legal topic. Put simply, the only way to really become familiar with how the issues are presented on the MEE is to practice issue spotting on past MEE exams.

• MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium MP3s (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

In addition, audio files of the MEE Quick Review Issue Spotting Compendium in MP3 format organized by subject are available (over 16 hours of audio). I find that listening is an effective way to absorb the information, as each different memory you can create in your studying (e.g. listening versus reading) will help you to later recall the information. When I studied for the bar exam, I made MP3s of the multiple choice questions and listened to them when I commuted. Later, when I made MASTER, I made MP3s of the essays to listen to. I found listening to the essays (questions and answers) to be more efficient than listening to the multiple choice questions. I also felt that I understood the essays better by listening to them as opposed to reading them. Put simply, there is no better way of knowing the exam than the exam itself. Therefore, there is no better way of understanding the exam than by looking at prior exams. Every examinee should try the MP3s to see if they are helpful as an alternate learning tool. Audio versions of the materials you study are a great way to create different forms of memory impressions. For example, one subscriber told me: "I realized during this process that I actually am much more of an auditory learner, and I found myself able to focus more and retain more from audio or audio with text than I ever have just by reading.  So the fact that you provide so many audio resources made a big difference for me.  I heavily used the audio MBE rules as well."

Top 50 MEE Questions with MP3s Click here to read more

With each exam, I sort the released MEE questions and answers based on their priority for the upcoming exam. I then create MP3s of the Top 50 MEE questions. I regard these questions as the ones statistically most likely to be re-tested in some fashion on the upcoming MEE exam. If you are going to spend time reviewing past MEE essays, I strongly recommend that you focus primarily on these 50 MEE essays. For example, a foreign examinee subscriber who passed in J17 with an MBE of 162.7 and UBE of 327 told me: "For the MEE, on hindsight, doing and re-doing your top 50 essays document alone would also have sufficed as they were extremely spot-on." Subscribers can download these 50 MEE questions + NCBE answers either as a single MP3 containing all 50 questions in priority order, or as a ZIP file that contains each question/answer as an individual MP3. You should the listen to, review, practice, and issue spot as many of these essays as possible. There is also a PDF and WORD document keyed to this MP3 in case you want to follow along.

• MEE Essay Comparison Banks Click here to read more

Subscribers to the FULL PREMIUM site can access the MEE Comparison Banks. For the MEE, I currently have July 2016 MEE essays from about 37 examinees and February 2017 MEE essays from 27 examinees. Following are very small samples of my February and July 2010 MPT comparisons (with explanations):

FEB 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE

JULY 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE

You can view poor essays, exactly passing essays, or high scoring essays, and compare any essay to another side by side. I feel this analysis is invaluable for examinees to quickly and efficiently discover "what works" versus "what doesn't work" on the MEE. For example, an examinee that recently passed told me: “I think this helped me immensely, because although I had not practiced writing any essays, I still really got a feel for the tone, length, content and structure of passing answers which created a ‘voice’ in my head when writing essays.” I like to think of MEE materials as gap-fillers that dove-tail with the big bar review materials and this is a perfect example. No where else can you look at a number of exactly passing answers to see how much (or how little) is required for an exactly passing score. Examinees can review examples of the high scoring MEE essays to: (1) see how the high scoring essays are structured (e.g. how they use CIRAC/IRAC, how they address the issues, how they format their answer in regards to issue statements, conclusions and bolding/underlining/italicizing); and (2) see how the high scoring essays properly analyze the issues. When you look at the text comparison, you start to see the commonality in language with high scoring answers – in a sense this trains you to include the same language in similar essays. The PDF comparisons (where you view the actual PDFs of the answers side by side) let you see each essay’s layout, structure, and formatting so you can visually learn how to emulate the high scoring answers (and conversely, avoid the styles of the low scoring answers). For example, one examinee (non-subscriber) who failed F15 told me: "I did much better on my essays this time due in large part to your comparison tool. I found that to be extremely helpful." For the F15 exam, this examinee's 5-Essay average was 53.74 (a passing essay average for the Feb 2015 exam was 51.43). Based on 196 submitted score reports, this 5-Essay average was ranked 9/196 (this means the examinee had a 5-Essay average better than 95.4% of the examinees that sent me their Feb 2015 score information). In July 2014, this examinee had a 5-Essay average was 45.22 (a passing essay average for the July 2014 exam was 47.83). Based on 315 submitted score reports, this 5-Essay average was ranked 131/315 (which was better than 58.4% of the examinees that sent me their July 2014 scores).

Examinees that self-evaluate can write an answer to a question in the MEE Comparison and then compare the answer to other graded answers (I am working on an automated way of doing this). If this is too much effort, you can simply look at passing and above-passing MEEs. Put simply, good essays look like other good essays.

MEE Strategies page Click here to read more

The MEE Strategies Page contains comprehensive advice (30,000+ words) on how to methodically assemble a good MEE answer within the exam time constraints. This advice is based my tutoring of examinees, my review of thousands of examinee essays over the years (both analytically and statistically) and my speaking with the writers of unique essays (not just high-scoring essays, but also short essays that received good scores and good essays that received low scores). I subsequently update the advice on this page after reviewing recent MEE essays and examinee followups.

For example, a foreign examinee J17 subscriber who passed with an MBE of 127.2 and UBE score of 270 (meaning a fairly high written score of 142.8) after failing with an MBE of 124 told me: “I finally passed the exam (second sitting). Thank you so much for your time, advice, and the invaluable resource - the subscription. The one thing I can attribute my passing is the guides you provided the days before the exam on how to the approach the MPT & MEEs. I committed the methods to memory. This knowledge helped me keep calm and write as quickly and thoroughly as possible. I stuck to the format even though overall, I did not really practice this portion of the exam as much as I planned. At the end of the two days, I felt confident on the MEE/MPT.

MEE Study page Click here to read more

The MEE Study Page contains advice on MEE study/practice. It includes sections on:

About the MEE Exam
MEE Essay Scaling
MEE Instructions
How to Prepare for MEE
Reviewing/Outlining Released MEE Essays
Grading MEE Essays
MEE Buzzwords

MPT MATERIALS/ADVICE

• Seperac MPT Outline Click here to read more

The Seperac Multistate Performance Test Outline (8 pages) is useful to review because it contains a good bit of information and advice that is relevant to the current MPT. Every subscriber should read this outline in its entirety and then re-review it every so often, including a day or so before the exam. For example, this outline breaks down the MPT universe so examinees know which jurisdiction's laws are controlling and contains the NCBE "better answer" tips all examinees should know before writing the MPT. The Seperac Multistate Performance Test Outline is also a very good resource for knowing how to format each MPT type. Formatting is an important aspect of the MPT so you need to understand what is required in your answer and how each format is presented - this can sometimes represent 10% of your grade. If you format the MPT well, the grader will notice and will presume you have worked with these types of documents before. Even if the analysis is lacking, this creates the illusion that you have a professional looking document.

Fifteen MPT Comparisons (2010-2017 MPTs) Click here to read more

The Full Premium Subscription includes access to the 2010-2017 February and July MPT Comparisons (which are all 15 MPT Comparisons that are available via subscription). I frequently talk about how I try to make this subscription site a gap-filler where I create study materials that are useful, efficient and unique. The MPT Comparison is a perfect example of this. Each MPT Comparison is an essay bank of graded MPT answers for a particular administration - this is an excellent resource that does not exist anywhere else. The MPT is a "closed universe" practical problem using instructions, factual data, cases, statutes and other reference material. Accordingly, one of the most effective things an examinee can do is to answer MPTs under exam conditions and then dissect their answers along with the answers of high-scoring MPTs to see how the answers differ in regards to their use of the factual data, cases, statutes and other reference materials. This process of examination often leads to a good understanding of how to compose an above-passing MPT. I created an MPT Comparison to enable examinees to do this. Utilizing this Comparison, examinees can learn how other examinees (especially high scoring examinees) incorporate the MPT File and Library in their answers. Examinees can also use this MPT Comparison to analyze their own MPT answer to the question. Generally, an exam MPT Comparison consists of 20-50 graded examinee MPT answers (both handwritten and typed) that are all compared to one another. Following are small samples of the February and July 2010 comparisons:

FEB 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE

JULY 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE

In the MPT comparison, each submitted MPT is compared to every other submitted MPT. For example, in the above July 2010 sample, there are 10 comparisons based on 3 examinee essays and the two released above average answers. On the subscription site, for the July 2010 exam, for each MPT, there are 1,596 comparisons based on 55 examinee MPTs and the two released above average answers. For the February 2011 exam, for each MPT, there are 465 comparisons based on 29 examinee MPTs and the two released above average answers. I feel this analysis is invaluable for examinees to quickly and efficiently discover "what works" versus "what doesn't work" on the MPT. The reason essays are released by NY BOLE is so examinees can identify deficiencies in their essays. In a 1995 bill to bill to amend the Judiciary Law, the bill stated that it is in New York State's "best interest to insure that all bar applicants are given an equal opportunity to pass the NYS Bar Examination. Disclosure of past testing materials and applicant examinations allow prospective attorneys to become aware of testing subject matter and methodology so that otherwise qualified attorneys are not defeated in their attempts to pass the bar examination."

The MPT Comparison compares each item and looks through them for matching words in phrases (minimum of 2 words). The reports contain the document text with the matching phrases underlined. The reports also show PDFs of the two MPTs you selected side-by-side. Examinees learn by example - reviewing a collection of graded MPTs helps you better understand the MPT. Put simply, good MPTs look like other good MPTs. The MPT Comparison will provide a voice inside your head regarding MPT format, style and length. For example, examinees should study the high scoring MPTs. I find that high scoring MPTs are generally consistent in style and format - they cite well, cite all the relevant cases/statutes, and analyze heavily.

In a March 2014 article entitled "It Should Be About Feedback and Revision" by J. Elizabeth Clark, an English professor at LaGuardia Community College who wrote that "[h]igh-stakes essay writing is about learning to game the system. Good test takers are just that: Students who learned the rules of the game, often through expensive test-prep courses that disadvantage poor and at-risk students. Those with greater access to coaches and materials and practice do better on the exam, but that does not mean they are better writers." This MPT Comparison is an excellent way for examinees to learn "the rules of the game." Put simply, there is no other resource available that enables examinees to compare and contrast a number of graded MPTs and compare them to one another or to other discrete elements of the MPT question/answer. Please use this to your advantage, especially if you do not have the time to practice many MPTs.

In my statistical analysis of the text of hundreds of graded examinee MPTs over the past nine years, I have determined that MPT answers that have more language in common with the NCBE point sheet, the higher the MPT score (assuming the examinee concluded correctly). This means you must know the format, style and tone that are expected, know what arguments to make, and know what portions of the library/statutes/cases you should use to support your position. The best way to do this is to deconstruct MPT answers. Basically, you want to take apart good MPT answers to see how they are constructed. Doing this on your own is rather tedious (and also assuming that you have a good sample of high-scoring MPT answers to work with). This online MPT Comparison is a computerized way to accomplish the same result. The MPT Comparison lets you visually see what text was used from every discrete component that make up the MPT as compared to any other item in the Comparison.

• MPT Format Bible (Click for Sample) Click here to read more

To help examinees quickly review the different formats tested on the MPT, I created an MPT Format Bible. This document (in WORD format or PDF format) contains each MPT tested on the New York Bar exam since July 2001 (when the MPT was first introduced). This MPT document should serve as your bible for learning MPT formats. The MPT Format Bible is intended to be an efficient means of learning the different MPT formats that have been tested in the past and understanding what is required for each MPT format. Each MPT contained in this document consists of a heading that contain statistical information on the MPT, an NCBE summary of the MPT question, and then two released NYBOLE above average answers for the MPT (which likely received scaled scores between 80-85). Knowing the formats is important and there is no easier way to do it than through this Format Bible. For example, one J16 examinee who had failing MPT scores told me: "I worked on practicing the MPT and felt confident about the first MPT. I finished both, but got a 32.33 on the one I had been confident on (I used the wrong format, legal memo, rather than a letter to a client. I still can't believe I made such an enormous error.)"

Even if your MPT analysis is poor, if the format is correct and properly structured, you can improve your MPT score. Furthermore, do not gamble on a particular format appearing on an upcoming exam - there is insufficient data to predict what MPT format may appear. Instead, use the MPT Format Bible to review the most commonly tested formats and styles. Examinees should review the MPT answers to understand how a Persuasive MPT answer is written versus an Objective MPT answer. Examinees should review the answers for the MPT types that did not have guidelines or had minimal guidelines to ensure they understand the formats required for these types of MPTs. Finally, examinees should briefly review MPT answers that contain a Statement of the Case or a Statement of Facts to understand how to compose one if necessary.

• MPT Study Page Click here to read more

The MPT Study module consists of MPT advice along with other helpful information (and MPT materials that are part of the Full Premium Subscription). This page answers questions such as:

• How much study time should I devote to the MPT?
• How much should I write for my MPT answer?
• Am I better off using a laptop for the MPT or hand-writing?
• How short can I make my MPT answer and still receive a passing score?


There are also sections on:

• Explanation of the MPT
• MPT Preparation
• ABCs of an MPT answer
• MPT Downloads
• MPT Time Allocation
• MPT NCBE Advice
• MPT NYBOLE Advice
• Using the File/Library
• Outlining/MPT Matrix
• Annotating the MPT

MPT Strategies page Click here to read more

Although certain aspects of a good MPT are innate (e.g. fast reading skills, fast writing skills, good reading comprehension skills), other aspects of a good MPT can be learned and controlled. The MPT Strategy Page contains comprehensive advise (23,000+ words) on how to efficiently assemble a "passing" MPT answer within the exam time constraints. The advice is based my tutoring over the years, my review of 500+ examinee MPT answers, and from speaking with the writers of unique MPTs (not just high-scoring MPTs, but also short MPTs that received good scores and good MPTs that received low scores). I subsequently update the advice on this page after reviewing recent MPT essays and examinee followups.

For example, a foreign examinee J17 subscriber who passed with an MBE of 127.2 and UBE score of 270 (meaning a fairly high written score of 142.8) after failing with an MBE of 124 told me: “I finally passed the exam (second sitting). Thank you so much for your time, advice, and the invaluable resource - the subscription. The one thing I can attribute my passing is the guides you provided the days before the exam on how to the approach the MPT & MEEs. I committed the methods to memory. This knowledge helped me keep calm and write as quickly and thoroughly as possible. I stuck to the format even though overall, I did not really practice this portion of the exam as much as I planned. At the end of the two days, I felt confident on the MEE/MPT.

EXAM MATERIALS/ADVICE

• Advice on Top 15 mistakes examinees make Click here to read more

The Full Premium Subscription includes my explanation of the Top 15 mistakes examinees most commonly make in their bar exam studies. Since 2005, I have statistically analyzed the scores from over 4,000+ failing examinees and post-exam follow-ups from 2,000+ examinees (both passing and failing). Furthermore, I have reviewed and statistically analyzed over 3,000 essays/MPT answers from over 500 failing examinees. I collect and analyze this information because I find it invaluable in learning what mistakes examinees commonly make. Everything I do on the subscription site is geared towards improving examinee outcomes by reducing mistakes. Examinees who are considered at risk of failing the exam must seriously embrace the advice on this site as it is built upon the mistakes of thousands of examinees. You must learn from these mistakes or else you are bound to make the same mistakes.

• UBE Strategies page Click here to read more

This page discusses advice/strategies for the UBE exam in general. It is arranged much like a FAQ page where you simply click on a link you are interested in, and it will be further explained in depth. For example, it addresses the following questions:

What exactly is the UBE and what skills does it assess?
Am I more likely to pass the February exam or the July exam?
Should I request accommodations?
Should I handwrite or use a laptop?
I plan to use a laptop for the written portion. What problems should I avoid?
I plan to handwrite the written portion (or may be forced to if my laptop fails). Any advice?
What advice do the bar examiners give about the exam?
What arrangements should I make for the UBE exam itself?
How do I deal with my anxiety about the exam?
Should I be worried about the proctors?
I may need to withdraw from the exam - what should I do?
Should I bother with Day 2 if Day 1 went terrible?

There is also a comprehensive UBE Exam Preparation section about what to bring and what to do at the test site.

• Study Time Allocation Calculator Click here to read more

The Study Time Allocation Calculator will calculate the amount of time you should allocate to each portion of your studying. You will simply enter the number of days and hours you plan to study from today, and the calculator will tell you how to spend that time. The calculator will break down study time for reading outlines and bar review materials, doing MBE questions, analyzing wrong responses to MBE questions, studying MASTER, reviewing and answering MEE questions, and MPT practice. The default study-time percentages can be overridden if you want to tailor your own percentages.

Determining study-time allocation for the UBE exam is much easier because the MEE Answers contain the point values for each issue. Therefore, the amount of points each subject is expected to contribute to your final score can be estimated. Please keep in mind that this is only an estimate (remember, not every subject is tested on every MEE exam - I simply take the average over a span of time). The Study Time Allocation Calculator provides a categorical study-time breakdown based on the subjects tested on past MEE exams (going back to 2007) and the number of points each subject is expected to contribute to an examinee’s final score. The calculator also adjusts based on my assessment of whether an MBE category/area was recently under-tested or over-tested. If you use this calculator to allocate your study-time for the upcoming exam, you will be studying much more efficiently than by using a bar review schedule.

• Question Forum Click here to read more

I am probably the largest individual collector of bar exam materials in the world. Since 2007, have collected over 1,500 bar-related books and over 50,000 outlines to be able to search their contents. I do this because this is what a good bar review should do – constantly learn and try to improve upon what they know about the exam. One of the benefits of this database is that there is probably no one better able to to research/answer bar-exam related questions than myself. I am working on making a new forum that is easier to access than the current one so it is utilized more frequently by subscribers who have questions during their studies. On this new forum, I plan to post every question a subscriber asks me along with my answer so everyone can learn, not just one examinee. It will also be searchable so you can look up previously answered questions (I have answered hundreds over the years). However, the new forum will not be available for a few months because it involves upgrading the server. Thus, I am going to post the questions on a question page in chronological order and then migrate them to the new forum later. I answer all questions, but sometimes it may take me up to a week to answer if I am working on a major project. Please note that the purpose of this question forum is to address specific issues with the materials you are reviewing – it is NOT intended to serve as tutoring. Therefore, do not simply say you don't understand a legal concept and ask for help – such questions should be reserved for your full bar review course/tutor.


The full subscription site centers around a simple premise – examinees that do well on the MBE generally pass. I provide advice on how to approach the exam more effectively along with helpful materials to achieve that goal. Thus, subscribers focus heavily on the MBE and take calculated risks with their MEE/MPT study based on the advice/materials on the subscription site. The advice on the full subscription site is very specific. For example, I provide very comprehensive MBE, MEE and MPT Strategy pages that are based on years of essay/MPT review and examinee follow-ups. Any question you may have about the full subscription site should be answered here. Comments from hundreds of subscribers are here. Subscribers should use the UBE MASTER outline as their bible.

Click here to read more about this


I strongly believe there is no better representation of the current MBE than this outline in as condensed a format. Thus, if there is a part of the outline you don’t understand pertaining to an MBE issue, you must review/research it to understand it. The MBE tests both past topics and new current topics and this outline is intended to help you with both. The past MBE topics are reflected in the built-in MBE rules (I wrote synopses of the law for each of the 1,800+ released NCBE questions – these are the same questions in Adaptibar/Strategies & Tactics, Barmax, etc). The past topics and new current topics are reflected in the black letter law sections of the outline. I devote one page of black letter law (font size of 10) to what I expect to represent one MBE question on the exam. Thus, there are 175 pages of black letter law for the 7 MBE subjects, plus the built in MBE and MEE issues. The past topics and new current topics are also reflected in the built-in MEE issues (over past 400 MEE issues related to the 7 MBE subjects). What I have discovered is that MEE issues have been turned into MBE questions (especially with Civil Procedure). Accordingly, knowing the past tested MEE issues will help you on the MBE. Finally, the outline is highly prioritized. It is sorted by subject based on how much each subject is expected to contribute to your final score (both in context of the MBE and MEE). It is further prioritized by category so that you study the MEE topics expected to be repeated before you study any MEE topics not expected to be repeated. Put simply, if you know this outline well, you should score well on the MBE and significantly increase your odds of passing the exam.


The advice on the full subscription site is derived from more in-depth examinee statistics along with data such as graded examinee essays and post-exam follow-ups. The main purpose of the full subscription site (e.g. using the UBE MASTER outline and relying on the priorities) is to efficiently abbreviate your MBE/MEE study so that examinees can divert that extra time to MBE study/practice. This can be a cause for both anxiety and relief. For example, one examinee recently told me "Just focusing on MBE, through a bit scary psychologically, at the same time I feel eased because have a direction." However, this strategy is very effective if examinees can score high enough on the MBE.

 

   


Please note that FULL PREMIUM subscribers must forward to me an unredacted copy of their UBE exam application receipt in order to receive the updated UBE MASTER outline. Therefore, if providing your unredacted application receipt is problematic to you, you can still subscribe to the FULL PREMIUM site, but you will not be able to receive the updated UBE MASTER OUTLINE. Please also note that if I have a problem verifying your BOLE ID, you will be required to submit more information to prove your identity before you can receive the outline.

How recent subscribers successfully utilized the UBE MASTER outline to pass the exam

The main purpose of the UBE MASTER outline and relying on the priorities is to efficiently abbreviate your MBE/MEE study so that examinees can divert that extra time to MBE study/practice. This can be a cause for both anxiety and relief. For example, one examinee recently told me "Just focusing on MBE, through a bit scary psychologically, at the same time I feel eased because have a direction." However, this strategy is very effective if examinees can score high enough on the MBE (and sometimes even if you don't). Since examinees learn by example, following are examples of how examinees successfully utilized the UBE MASTER outline and subscription site materials/advice (just click on the link to expand the examinee's comments - if the comments don't appear, try a different browser such as Chrome):

Foreign examinee J17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 174.1 and UBE of 318


I think there are a few factors that contributed to my success.

First, I succeeded because I adopted your approach. I essentially put my complete trust in your advice.

In particular, After attending BARBRI's two-day online MBE intensive (basically a two day introduction to the MBE), I quickly realised that BARBRI's approach was inefficient for strong students. This led me to research a better approach. As soon as I read your site, it was obvious that the reasoning behind your approach was rigorous. I don't think anyone understands more about this exam than you. Once I followed your approach, I was able to separate the important from the unimportant and make rapid progress.

Second, I focused on the MBE. I knew I would struggle to study for more than 200-250 hours with my schedule. I accordingly focused almost entirely on the MBE, where I knew my efforts would be rewarded. Simply put, the MBE is reliable. The MEE and MPT are not. Moreover, the MBE subjects appear on the MEE. The maths is quite simple from there. Your analysis of the MEE and MPT gave me confidence to focus on the MBE. This also had the encouraging psychological effect of making the task seem much more manageable. When the task seems manageable, the urge to procrastinate is diminished. This allows greater progress, and, in turn, greater progress results provides further motivation to study, in a self-reinforcing cycle. I distinctly remember this phenomenon.

In focusing on the MBE, I tried to do as many practice questions as time permitted once I felt that I had a basic grasp of the materials. Practice questions are definitely helpful. I almost exclusively used the Adaptibar questions. I noticed my score increase by about 2 or 3% per day. I only started doing the questions around 10 July, which I do not recommend. I found the bar exam questions to be very similar in format and structure to the Adaptibar questions.

I did not even read several MEE subjects, such as Partnerships and Conflict of Laws. I spent about 4 hours in total between Agency, Corporations Law and Trusts. This is because the principles are similar to Australian law so there were some synergies.

Family Law and Wills are more distant from Australian law (though I don't know much abot Australian Family/Wills Law!), so I spent more time on them - probably 8 hours between both.

Third, I'm a relatively strong student and went to a competitive law school. I also worked at the most competitive law firm in Australia. The high level of competition forced me to develop the ability to work in a focused manner. This is an important advantage.

I think the third element is less helpful for your students, but certainly the first two should be applied by your students.

Please feel free to refer any students to me if you think they would benefit from my advice.

Foreign examinee J17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 162.7 and UBE of 327


Dear Joe,

Just wanted to let you know that I passed the NY bar! I have only you and your materials to thank. 

I went into studying with quite a bit of self-doubt, considering that I did not particularly shine in law school (second lower) and the ny bar statistics were against me (foreign-educated first-time asian taker). Since I was in NY for a year (while my husband was doing an LLM) and had some time on my hands, I took the bar exam purely as a personal challenge (yes I know I'm crazy and yes i did not know what i was getting myself into!!). I really struggled at the start (especially with constitutional law), and at many points did consider giving up. But the quote that I read on your blog (see below) spurred me on when I was at my lowest, and I continued pressing on, while wholeheartedly trusting your notes and strategy. 

At the end of 2 gruelling exam days (taken while still jet-lagged), I was fairly confident that I had passed. My mbe score turned out to be 162.7, and I received a total score of 327.

If I had to give advice to future takers, it would be to not give in to negative self-talk or get too disheartened based on early test scores, and instead understand why you got an mbe question wrong, and to quickly find a system for collating and organizing the mbe rules. You recommended creating an MBE rules list on excel/word, but I quickly realised that reviewing the list on the laptop didn't work for me as I wasn't used to studying off the laptop. Instead, I wrote MBE rules on post-it notes and stuck each rule on the relevant portions of your hard-copy Master notes. 

On hindsight, I would not have paid for Themis as I didn't watch a single lecture, did not use any of their MEE or MPT materials, and never submitted any essays for grading. Your materials alone (together with the barbri long outlines as reference for points that require more elaboration), and mbe test books from the various companies (Kaplan, Barbri, S&T) would've more than sufficed. For the MEE, on hindsight, doing and re-doing your top 50 essays document alone would also have sufficed as they were extremely spot-on.

Thank you once again for helping me pass this beast of an exam, and more importantly, for teaching me never to give up! It is a lesson that I will take with me into my professional life and well beyond this exam. Cheers and I wish you every blessing!

Foreign examinee J17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 162.7 and UBE of 307 while studying part-time


I wanted to drop you a line to say thank you - your outlines were superb and I relied on your past questions analysis and model answers a great deal when I took the New York Bar (for the first time) in July.

I work full time as a capital markets lawyer in London, so I was extremely busy, and being able to rely on your outlines and other materials made a huge difference. I also used Themis (I think I managed to complete 50% of the course), which I found helpful, but your materials were better!

My UBE mark was 307 and I got 162.7 on the MBE. 

I started studying for the bar at the beginning of April. I downloaded Barmax onto my iPhone and went through all the outlines and did the practice questions. I was getting around 60-70%. I felt in May that it would be sensible to use one of the more comprehensive bar course providers, given that my legal education was in the UK, and chose Themis (I felt Barbri was too expensive). I didn’t hear about your materials until around the end of May, when I met a fellow English lawyer who studied for the February exam and is a lawyer at White & Case. He recommended your outlines and I thought the outlines looked excellent, so thought I would use both your master outlines and the Themis materials. 

Here is a broad outline of my approach to studying:

Unfortunately, during May, June and July, I had a very busy few months at work, so I was working on some tough transactions (bank restructuring and secondary offerings and the like), from 8.30am to 10pm most days and working a few weekends. I was quite unlucky being so busy at work at that time and was therefore forced to work on prep for the bar exam late at night during the week and at weekends when I could. It was a very stressful and tiring time, but as I had never studied US law before, I found it interesting (particularly US constitutional law, which I think is significantly more sophisticated than UK constitutional law) and so this helped motivate me as I worked through. This probably sounds crazy, but I also watched the Ken Burns documentary on the Civil War, which I think was on PBS during the 90’s, over April and May which helped contextualized some of the constitutional law I was studying and brought some of the material alive, in a way. 

In terms of total hours spent studying, I tried to do 2-3 hours a night and probably studied 10-15 hours a day at weekends with a couple of hours as a break. I did take one or two afternoons at weekends off during this period. I also took the weekend off 1.5 weeks before the exam to try to recharge and relax and forget about the exam. On the Mon to Fri before the exam, I took the week as annual leave from work and crammed for the MEE-only subjects by reading the Themis outlines and your outlines. I crammed the MEE subjects quite desperately fin Albany just before the exam. I also did a couple of practice MBE exams using the Barmax app when I flew to NYC and on the way to Albany. 

I therefore did around 30-40 hours a week from mid-April to mid-July, then 75 hours the week before and a further 45 hours in Albany. In total, I probably studied around 500-600 hours. 

Re my studying pattern, from May I generally read outlines for a subject from cover to cover, both Themis and your master outlines, and then did Themis practice MBE questions. I also tried to make a list of key questions to answer for each sub-area (e.g. offer/acceptance, consideration, defenses against formation, etc. for contract) almost as in flashcard questions, but found this was too time-consuming, so did this for about 6 MBE subjects and then didn’t bother for the rest of them. I found that having the Themis outlines and your master outlines, and making sense of them both, forced me to rationalize the structure of the subjects and reading about the subject-matter from two perspectives helped my understanding. I truly found your outlines superb - the condensing of information and format of the outlines was flawless and invaluable. It meant I didn’t have to make my own outlines in the end, which saved heaps of time to allow me to focus on understanding and learning the subject-matter, rather than processing the Themis outlines into useable outlines myself, which I suspect a lot of people end up spending huge amounts of time doing. 

I did some practice essays with Themis and started reading through your materials containing past papers together with model answers and your own analysis, which I found extremely helpful. I did about 3-4 practice essays with Themis. I received a ridiculous grade from my grader like 4/30 or something for the first two, so I complained to Themis and was assigned a different grader. The new grader was better: I got better feedback and more sensible grades. The first 3 practice essays were MBE subject essays and the last one was, I think, a company law essay. 

My best guess is that the MBE subjects took up 80% of my study time, perhaps more. That I spent this proportion of time was, perhaps, in retrospect, a mistake, as I was very worried about the MEE in the end. The MPT seemed to me to be something you cannot sensibly prepare for and, as I did not have the luxury of time, all I did was look through half a dozen past papers and answers and I memorized your notes and tips on the MPT in your last minute notes for the exam. 

Looking back, I think a key thing for passing was taking a week off work before the exams to cram as much as I could for the MEE. I had generally neglected the MEE subjects and had to learn all of them in a week! Luckily I had tried to learn secured transactions back in April, as this felt very unfamiliar, so I tried to understand this area as an initial priority using Barmax. I also have studied or practiced company, agency, partnership, conflicts, wills and trusts in the UK, which are very similar to the rules in the US, so that made things easier. Family law was totally new, so this took some time to work through, but I focussed on reading through your model answers to learn the law here. I am very glad I did all the subjects, including the ones I felt unlikely to come up, such as conflicts and wills.

In total, I did nearly all of the 1500 or so MBE questions on Barmax and I did about another 1000 on Themis, so about 2500 in total. I went from achieving around 60-70% after having read the outlines to getting around 80-85% in the mock exams nearer the exam day. During my flight to JFK from London and my train journey to Albany, I did 2x mock MBE exams using the past questions on Barmax. I achieved around 85% on these, which I found very motivational and gave me the confidence to spend the 3 days I had in Albany before the exam in my hotel room cramming for the MEE subjects. I found the actual MBE questions on the day much tougher than the Barmax questions, by the way. 

I watched/listened to very few of the Barmax or Themis lectures as I have never found lectures a particularly efficient or effectual way of learning or assimilating knowledge. I found a few Themis lectures helpful where my understanding was a bit hazy, and found the constitutional law lectures helpful. 

If I had to attribute my passing to just one thing, it was practicing as many exam questions as possible and looking at model answers for the MEE and constantly thinking about what I would need to know when I am sitting down in the exam room. The fear of sitting in a room with no notes and having to face an exam paper alone with recourse to only one’s brain really focuses the mind while revising! I have found visualizing this whenever I have had to do exams helpful in the past. 

Please do let me know if you have any further questions - very happy to answer them.

Foreign examinee J17 subscriber who studied part-time and passed with MBE of 159.5 and UBE of 317


I've finally gotten around to answering!  Sorry for the delay.  Long email below but I've also written it to save in my own notes for the future (in case I take another bar exam in 5 years or a friend takes it for example), so there might be more detail than is useful to you.  I ended up with a total score of 317 and a scaled MBE score of 159.5.  

Your materials are incredibly well written and were invaluable in my preparation, as were your recommendations, structured approach and quick responses whenever I emailed you, so thank you very much!!

MBE subjects

I quickly decided my approach was to score 140+ on the MBE and just 'do enough' on the written parts to pass.

I spent around 80-85% of my time on the MBE subjects, starting 85 days before the exam by reading notes and doing around 10 questions a day (and making rules) but really accelerating with 2 months left. I followed one of your subscriber’s tips by condensing your MASTER topic notes into my own semi-condensed notes (10-12 pages), and then once more into a 1-2 page condensed summary, and I then recorded myself reading the semi-condensed notes which I listened to on the way to work. This was a fun way to study, I also recorded it with a ‘goofy’ voice in parts, i.e. it wasn’t a monotone reading of 12 pages of law, which helped my brain associate the way I spoke with the rules after listening to the recordings multiple times. I also memorized the 1-2 page summary which was a brainstorm-style “map”, including the placement of the words on the page, so when thinking about impeachment for example, I could “see” the different ways to impeach and my flow diagrams coming from that. This took a lot of effort to learn but I think it was invaluable in getting the framework of each subject in my head. Then when doing practice questions I could add (or ‘hang’) more complex information onto the map. Doing this plus all the MBE practice questions took up easily 80% of my study time.

As for practice questions, I religiously made my own rules (I didn’t read yours, sorry!) and from 85 days before to 13 days before the exam I did a combination of Emanuel, BarBri and PMBR questions, making rules for both the questions I got right and wrong (but highlighting the ones I got wrong for additional reviewing). With 10 days to go I did the Emanuel book mock exam (76% correct) and made rules for only the questions I got wrong. This took me to 1368 questions total and 69% correct, all timed, and all in 1.8 minutes / question or less. I also did a few more questions in the final 10 days but fewer than normal as I was concentrating on essays and MPT, and I didn’t make rules or add statistics to my spreadsheet in these last 10 days so I don’t know how many I did.

The one thing I would attribute to my score above all else is, you’ll be unsurprised to hear, doing practice questions and making my own rules. This was such a great way to reinforce the information I was reading in the outlines.

On the exam I used the underdog strategy (perhaps a little too aggressively but overall I think it worked out advantageously). I believe you recommended answering the full 100 questions before going over answers you weren’t sure about or didn’t answer and putting the least represented answer choice for those questions. I actually started thinking about this after around 60 questions in both the morning and afternoon sessions, which I realize isn’t as accurate over a rather small sample size. What I did was put a dot by a question which I had narrowed down to 2 answers that was a toss-up but I entered the answer I thought was correct at that time, and two dots by a question where I had only eliminated 1 or 0 incorrect answers and I left that question blank. In the morning session I think I had answer choice A) very underrepresented after 60 or so questions, so over the remaining 40 when I was in a “final 2” situation I leaned towards A), and then after 100 questions I reviewed my 1 dot and 2 dot questions and put the least represented answer after 100 questions if it was suitable (or the second least represented answer after 100 questions if the least represented answer was one of the possibilities I was sure was incorrect). I knew I was going to finish on time because I’d done so much timed practice, so I was able to implement this plan without problems. I’d also add that I think it made sense for me to take this approach because I was scoring fairly highly in practice questions so there was a good chance the questions I did answer first time around were correct.

MEE and MPT

I learnt the MBE subjects exhaustively, but for the MEE subjects I didn’t really bother with the low priority subjects, and I just glossed over the medium priority subjects. I started with the MEE subjects about 60-50 days before the exam.

I was disappointed that 4 of the 6 essays in the Feb 17 exam were on the non-MBE subjects, which I thought really damaged my chances of passing. If you’re interested, at the end of this email I’ve copied the notes I made for myself the day after the exam with my impressions of the essay questions. I also gave myself estimated scores which I now know to be too low. On reflection, I imagine my contracts and property questions (essays 1 and 6) and the MPT must have been good marks in order to give me my final written score.

I started with question 6 (property, nailed it) and planned to work backwards but ended up doing 6, 3, 1, 2, 4, 5. I panicked a bit when I saw questions 5, 4 and 3 because I had no idea as they were non-MBE subjects but figured I had to get on with it. Doing 1 next (contracts) calmed me down and then I did my best with 2, 4 and 5. I wouldn’t recommend skipping around like this as I think I just wasted time.

In the 20 or so days before the exam I wrote maybe 10-15 practice essays, I honestly can’t remember now and I didn’t keep detailed notes. I also liked your essay summary document for the high priority subjects which I skimmed through for all the MEE subjects. There was loads I didn’t know but my approach was to get 140+ on the MBE and just waffle through the essays. I didn't read or do any essays for the MBE subjects.

I didn’t look at the MPT at all until a week before and I did 4 timed practice questions, including 2 the day before the exam. I think I write concisely and clearly and I followed all your advice on citations and formatting. Your MPT strategy document was the only resource I used.

Fundamentally my approach was in line with your thinking, that you should identify areas where there is high upside potential in relation to time spent studying (I didn’t spend much time on 3rd party beneficiaries or the RAP for example). One example of this (which didn’t pay off) is that I actually learned secured transactions pretty well, even though it had appeared on the previous 2 exams. I thought that if it did show up, so many other examinees would have ignored it that I would have made a killing in comparison (and it’s a fairly uncomplex, mechanical subject that doesn’t take long to learn).

Overall I probably spent 4 hours a day studying, really starting 2 months before the exam. I was working during this time but took 6 days off before the first exam to study full time.

Foreign examinee J17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 147.1 after failing with MBE of 113.1 and UBE of 242


A foreign examinee repeater who subscribed in July 2017 passed the DC bar exam with an MBE of 147.1 and a written score of 141.2 (written of 288.3) after failing F17 with an MBE of 113.1 and written of 128.9 (UBE of 242). The examinee told me: “I am writing to let you know that, after two failed attempts, I have finally passed the bar exam in D.C. Thank you so much, Joe!!!  I am extremely grateful for your support.  I am aware that there are hundreds, if not thousands, of other students who subscribed to your site and tremendously benefited from it -- but I must, too, testify that I have found your material extremely helpful. Unfortunately, D.C. does not release its scores.  But I can tell you that, with my previous UBE scores of 248 and 242, my July 2017 score has increased by at least 24 points since the past attempts (since the passing threshold is 266 in D.C.).  I believe I already sent in my UBE post-exam information form, but if you need anything else from me, please let me know (I like data, too). To re-cap, two most helpful tips I found are: (1) focusing on MBE, (2) using multiple sources (OPE a MUST) + at least one of Barbri/Kaplan/Themis.  (1) is especially more relevant in Feb 2018 -- I think -- because I predict that there will only be 2-3 MBE subjects on the MEE portion (like you said). … Subscribing to your site was indispensable in passing this exam -- couldn't have done without you.  Perhaps I am not the first one to mention this, but I found your statistical analyses on your subscription page to be very thorough.  I enjoyed reading through them!

When I asked the examinee to explain how the examinee studied for the MBE:

How I studied for the MBE
In short, I don't think there is a shortcut in studying for the MBE.  While I don't have rigorous research to support this, I am convinced that MBE is a statistically robust estimator of examinees' performance (*). 
I answered about 2,900 questions total.  I am attaching my Study Sheet!
How long: about 2 months, 10 hours every day
% of my overall study time: I'd say I spent about 80% because I didn't really start studying for MEE/MPT until two weeks before the bar exam.
Questions I used: Many sources! Barbri (MPQ, Simulated Exam, Half Day Exam, Refresher), Kaplan/PMBR, OPE (1-4), 1991 Exam, 1992 Exam
% correct: 63.2%; please see the graph below for week-by-week comparison.
Here, the horizontal axis represents "weeks", and the vertical axis represents "% correct".  For the first 4 weeks, I worked on relatively easier questions (old NCBE questions, Barbri MPQ 1-3, etc, OPE 1).  The dip in weeks 5-7 can be explained by the increasing level of difficulty of questions that I was working on (I used the following sources: Barbri MPQ 4-5, Simulated Exam, Half Day Exam, etc). 
From weeks 8-9, I used your NCBE MBE 1992 question generating software, did OPE 3 and 4 and re-did some of the questions I got wrong.  Starting a week before the bar exam (corresponding to "week 9" in the x-axis), I did not do any MBE questions other than OPE 4 and NCBE MBE 1992. 
In my study sheet, the questions that I re-did the second time are indicated in the format "100x" in Columns J and K of the MCQ sheet.  For example, say I re-did 100-question Barbri Diagnostic Exam for the second time; I would record my 2nd round of Diagnostic Exam scores as "1001 to 1100".
Attributing passing the exam to one thing
Taking time off from other commitments.
Not all the examinees might be able to do this.  However, I highly recommend doing so if the examinees can.  If investing more time, money, and energy can help the examinees pass the bar exam faster -- then doing so would help so much more in the long-run.  Taking off commitments don't feel comfortable, but doing so is a sound investment.
Please keep in mind that my responses that I send to you now might be different from what I wrote back in July (immediately after I took the bar exam).  Or, even better, maybe you can juxtapose my responses side to side and compare my thought processes!

In regards to the essays, the examinee told me:

In the previous exams, I, too, have received 1's (on a scale of 6) on essays.  On the other hand, I have also received 6 out of 6 on essays.  Now that I think about, in fact, I have actually received every single integer score possible on essays (meaning I received 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6), so I have some gut feeling about how the graders grade the essay. After three attempts (including the J17 attempt), I have become a firm believer in the following Keynesian thought: 

"It is better to be roughly right than precisely wrong"

In relating this economic thought to essays, I have realized that issue spotting is critical in tackling essays.  Spotting roughly right issues with opaque knowledge of black letter law will surely earn more points than spotting precisely wrong issues with precisely right knowledge of black letter law. I owe this insight to you giving me feedback on the F17 Contracts essay that I received a "1" on.  Thank you, Joe!”

In regards to using the UBE MASTER outline, the examinee explained (in response to another subscriber’s question):

(1) MASTER Outline, in general: 
Yes, there is indeed a lot to memorize!  However, as Joe mentioned on his website, Joe's outline does try to strike a balance between (a) thoroughness and (b) brevity.  His outline does this by condensing the information you would have to learn for each Black Letter Law in one page.  In fact, I cannot think of other outlines offered by commercial bar prep companies that accomplish both (a) and (b).  That said, although I was intimidated at first (just like you) by the sheer volume of the MASTER + Essay Outline, I was eventually able to keep up with the MASTER review schedule (which I will describe in details below in (2)) after 2 weeks or so.  Every time you revisit the outline, you will notice that your review speed will gradually increase.

One way to getting familiar with Joe's outline quickly and efficiently is -- for the next two weeks -- to do MBE questions open-book and hand-in-hand with Joe's MASTER outlines.  This will help you map out the bigger, broader picture of Joe's outline in a shorter period of time.

(2) Prioritization of topics:
You have correctly pointed out that prioritization of the topics in HIGH, MED and LOW is one of the greatest strengths of Joe's outline.  Truth be told, I didn't have enough time (and memorization capacity) to catch up with Joe's recommended study load (i.e., Joe recommends studying the HIGH material 3x a week, MED 2x a week and LOW 1x a week).  However, his 3x/2x/1x structure still gives you a good sense of how you should allocate your studying time.  For me personally, I reviewed Joe's outline 2x a week for HIGH topics, 1x a week for MED topics and 0.5x a week for LOW topics.  THEN, (this is important) I calibrated my reading load with my practice MBE results.  More specifically, I assigned myself extra MASTER review loads for the topics that I struggled with in doing multiple-choice questions.

(3) 200+ page essay outline:
Full disclosure: I mainly studied HIGH and MED essay outlines.  While there is a lot of materials in this outline as well, once you review HIGH and MED topics thoroughly enough, you will be able to "pour out" the rules that you memorized through the MEE outline during the real game.

This examinee approached the exam very methodically after recognizing the importance of the MBE. Following is the examinee’s Excel MBE Study sheet that tracks the examinee's progress so you can see for yourself how the examinee did in MBE practice.

Foreign examinee J17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 144 and UBE score of 267 after failing 2x


I was going to write testimony direct on website and saw my crazy comments sent at midnight when I just learned that I passed and I couldn't help to tell it to you because YOU was the only person in my mind I wanted to tell it as soon as possible. My real testimony is here.
There is not enough words in my head to express how thankful I'm for all you have done. I will always remember how you helped me and I'm sure to many others foreign students. Studying less time for my third try between my full time job, family responsibilities and two kids out of school in summer time I was almost certain I won't get it done this time again and even continued answering questions of the day and re-wrote my trusts outlines for next time.
You are the only one who helped to keep my mind cold and to do only the most important things during studying.
I do not know any other person who knows about bar exam more than you do and I do not know anyone who contacts directly by email answering all emails almost write away with maximum explanations. Your materials were the only ones I used my third time, you advises the only I followed. When I saw you site for first time I was amazed how much useful information you analyzed, compared and summarized. I was amazed for second time when I downloaded UBE master outlines - it's a lot of your personal work that takes a lot of time, from the bottom of my heart thank you for doing it, and if you need any help tell me!
I agree-old OPE's  most important thing ever, same is Adaptibar questions mixed with one of commercial courses questions (Kaplan in my case).
MPT section on your site MUST be read by international students who's native language is much different from English.
I have never saw before any outlines I could navigate through MEE real bar patterns compelled with sample answers and rules that must be wrote in essays. It was important for me to see in one place what rule should be put for particular issue is essay, and to see the way the issues should be expressed. Your MEE outlines saved a lot of my time because I could open right away the rule I needed to learn and rule that connects to the issue in essay.
Your two days before exam summaries were helpful to be strong and to remember most important things.
Thanks for your evaluation of my results as well it helped me to organize my studying and to overcome kind of "sickness" and bitter feelings I had after I failed second time and to start studying again.

The most powerful thing for me was to do question everyday even if I was tired and did not want to do it and most important in this process:
1. to go over questions, same day no matter how tired I was (goal was 100, when i couldn't- at least 66, which is 2h)
2. To read all explanations for each choice during checking results
3. To mark wrong ones (certain subject - certain color sticker if printed) or if from program to pull out the rules from explanations even from wrong choices and put rules in my rules tracker. I pulled all rules for a week or two and then spent some time over weekend to read and organize them by certain areas of the subject, because I did it for 8-7 weeks I had seen same rules over and over when I organized them and reorganized. When time was close to exam I just copy pasted all explanations in my rule-sheets and spent time at one point to shorten them  and make it look final, so the week before exam I could only skip  through one day -one subject. 
4. I decided to make Adaptibar my priority, because when I did trial I understood I couldn't get those questions correct easily. I did in tutor mode all 1750 qq and 2 exams. But I was so scared I would not pass and I opened and read all 4 exams questions and explanations.

Foreign examinee J17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 141 and UBE score of 266 after failing with 119 MBE


A J17 subscriber that passed the exam with an MBE of 141 and UBE of 266 after failing the exam with MBE scores of 110 and 119 told me the following immediately after taking the exam in July:

I just wanted to drop by and say thank you for your outlines and subscription page! Day 1 of the bar went well for me. I was able to spot nearly 90% of the issues on the essays and had time to complete both MPTs and felt pretty ok about it. The multiple choice on day 2 was tough but manageable. I made a lot of "educated guesses" and decisions based on POE. Your NCBE outline helped tremendously. I'm not a good multiple choice taker so I'm not sure how it went overall. I walked out feeling tired and thinking that it was tough, but let's see what happens in October. How did the other candidates you subscribe feel about the multiple choice? I hope I NEVER have to repeat this again, but if I ever did or choose to take another jx, I would honestly only use your materials. Here's to hoping my name appears on the pass list in late October.

After passing, the examinee followed up with the following:

JOE! I PASSED THE BAR AND LITERALLY ALL THANKS TO YOU AND ALL OF YOUR HELP. YOUR OUTLINES WERE THE BEST THING THAT EVER HAPPENED TO ME. THANK YOU THANK YOU THANK YOU

I truly thought your UBE Master Outline contributed to my success. Like I said, I didn't pass with flying colors, but it was crucial in defining concepts that I had trouble understanding and just helped me get as many points as possible. I also really benefited from Adaptibar. I thought that doing and re-doing questions, especially for civil procedure, was key.

I'm not a great test-taker, especially when it comes to the MC. I struggled with the MPRE (took it twice) and I struggled with the Bar (three total attempts). I did well in law school only because all of the exams were essays. If you have students who are similar to me in terms of their difficulties, please tell them also to go through your "Top MBE Rules" outline- that helped me, especially the two days before the test. It was good review.

Joe, again thank you for all of your help. I am telling everyone I know who is taking or retaking the bar to subscribe to your page. 

Domestic examinee J17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 141.9 and UBE score of 269


I passed the bar! I want to thank you for everything. Your to the point accuracy is exactly what I needed to pass this exam. You were right on point about everything, even down to beginning with the last essay and working backward. Amazing! I only wish I would have found out about you sooner. I attached my results. As you can see, that 140 on the MBE makes for better odds, as you repeatedly noted. I took and passed the NYLE and I will be taking the MPRE next week. Thanks again, Joe. I am more grateful than I can express. ... Clearly, the MBE is the ticket to passing this exam and what I attribute to passing. I dispensed with trying to master every single rule and used your material to narrow down law most likely to be tested, based on your master outline. Your method of analysis helps to filter out unnecessary information and gets to the critical points in a concise manner. It helped me focus my attention and get the points I needed to pass. Had I done this sooner, I would have likely saved myself a lot of time, heartbreak, and money. But, I am so grateful to be here now.

Foreign examinee J17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 127.2 and UBE score of 270 after MBE of 124


I passed. I finally passed the exam (second sitting). Thank you so much for your time, advice, and the invaluable resource - the subscription.

The one thing I can attribute my passing is the guides you provided the days before the exam on how to the approach the MPT & MEEs. I committed the methods to memory. This knowledge helped me keep calm and write as quickly and thoroughly as possible. I stuck to the format even though overall, I did not really practice this portion of the exam as much as I planned. At the end of the two days, I felt confident on the MEE/MPT.

Even though statistically, the MBE is most important, I didn't feel at all confident when I finished that second day. It was a bit frustrating because the questions were distinctly different from past questions on the Emanuals and even the Kaplan QBank (possible more difficult than the Kaplan Qs). Even the Barbri students commented on how difficult the questions seemed after the exam. I'm not sure if this is anecdotal, but it was a shared sentiment in the days after the examination. That aside, I know that I left each session with about a handful of questions where I ended up guessing between two answers. It was rare that I found a question that I could not eliminate (estimate 1 or 2 per session).

On the MBE I answered 1042 overall with 526 correct (percentage wise 50.5%). I dedicated nearly 80% of my overall study time to the MBE subjects and questions. One thing I did was to practice as many questions as possible. Where I think I could have improved was to really review daily or weekly the questions I answered. I also used Adaptibar because I worked full-time until two weeks before the exam. My idea had been to make access to prep as easy as possible so no matter how much work I had I could practice questions.  I completed most of the Emanual books and did a good amount of the Kaplan Q Bank. I think I learned best when I used the 2nd MBE Emanual book where the questions are split by the topics and you see the answer. This helped me because I saw the examples and understood quickly the rule applied. I could later identify the kind of question and determine more accurately the correct answer.  If I were to do this again, I would start with that book, and then the 2016 version, and then Kaplan Qbank.

In content, the master outline was my bible and I annotated it with my own mini outlines. The excel spreadsheets were also very helpful in sorting out the questions to review.  In the end, I think memorizing the Master plus answering as many MBEs as possible is what helped me most. I think I would have improved more had I been able to review my past questions more often, and had more variety in the sources of the MBE questions.

Regarding the Essays, I made my own smaller outlines, but honestly only memorized the high priority MEE topics. On the MBE subjects I tried to memorize all High Priority and Medium Priority topics. Again the MEE subjects were not high priority to me, but I did skim through everything that was important. I think on the MEEs and the MPTs, the key is to follow the format you suggested. Making it easy to grade and getting a few rules with analysis in, even if it isn't 100% correct is why I think I passed. The short guides you released before the exam helped me approach that first day systematically without panicking.

Foreign examinee F17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 147.8/UBE of 274 after MBE of 121.1/UBE of 224


One foreign examinee (English was her second language) failed the F16 exam with an MBE score of 121.1 and a final score of 561 (which converts to a UBE final score of 224). The examinee’s F16 Essays/MPT score would convert to a 103.8 on the UBE exam. This examinee subscribed for the J16 exam and spent 90% of her study time on the MBE. This subscriber also filled out my post-exam form immediately after the exam. In that form, I ask “If you had to identify one thing that helped you the MOST on the exam, what would it be?” The examinee answered “The fact that I stopped practicing Barbri questions and started on past questions.” In response to the question “If you had to identify one thing that helped you the LEAST on the exam, what would it be?” the examinee told me: “That I followed the advice to concentrate on MBE subjects only, neglecting MEE subjects.” The examinee went on to say “I ran out of time on MEE and MPT.  I did not write anything on one MEE done very very poorly (didnt know anything about the topic) in another and didn'd answer half of MPT (just short of time).“ The examinee also stated: “I cannot remember how I did on the essays except that I did not write anything on one, only wrote a couple of sentences on another.

Despite this examinee’s concern immediately after the exam of “neglecting MEE subjects,” this examinee passed the July 2016 UBE exam with an MBE score of 147.4 despite not answering two MEE essays. According to the examinee: “You were right all this time. Despite the fact that I did not write 2 essays and did poorly for the other essays, I passed by just concentrating on the MBE. The total was 274, scaled MBE score of 147.4. I don't know if my MBE was good or not but anyways I just wanted to tell you that you helped me a lot and I am really thankful.

Based on a scaled MBE score of 147.4, this was an estimated raw MBE score of about 132/190 correct (70% correct). Based on the 2015 national statistics on the MBE (this year's statistics will not be released until next year), this is 67% percentile for the MBE (meaning 33% of last year's examinees nationwide did better than a 147.4 on the MBE). The examinee’s calculated MEE/MPT of 126.6 was the 22.1% percentile among examinees nationwide (meaning that 77.9% of last year's examinees nationwide scored better than 126.6 on the MEE/MPT).

This is what generally happens with high MBE examinees. It is as if something “magical” happens to your essay/MPT scores when you score high on the MBE. Perhaps the bar examiners take the grader’s essay/MPT assessment and then adjust it based on the examinee’s MBE. This would reduce the possibility of a qualified candidate failing simply because this examinee had a harsh grader or some other candidate got lucky on the essays. Whatever weird thing happens, I don’t know. All I can say is that if you get above a 140 on the MBE (which is about 63%-65% correct), you have a 98% chance of passing based on my sample of 4,200 examinees.

However, I generally don’t recommend that examinees spend 90% of their study-time on the MBE unless they have previously scored very low on it (about 120 scaled or below) because passing this way is much more of a gamble. Here, this examinee got lucky because 4 of the 6 MEE questions on the July 2016 exam were based on MBE subjects. Basically, 68% of an examinee’s J16 MEE score was based on MBE subjects (CivPro, Contracts, CrimLaw, Evidence, Property, and Torts). The only non-MBE subjects tested on the J16 essays were Corp/LLC and Secured Transactions. In contrast, this examinee’s outcome may have been different if the examinee sat for the F17 exam (where 4 of the 6 MEE questions were based on MEE subjects – Trusts/Wills, Family Law, Corporations and Agency). Thus, while all examinees need to focus heavily on the MBE subjects (75% of their study time), I regard it as a gamble to focus almost entirely on the MBE (90%+ of your study time) unless you previously scored very low on the MBE (after a legitimate effort) because if the subjects don’t fall your way, you risk being one of the few examinees who scores 140+ on the MBE but still fails.

In her J16 studies, this examinee answered 4,000 MBE practice questions (a combination of Barbri and NCBE questions) and had an overall average of 67% correct. As I discuss on the subscription site, a mix of NCBE questions and commercial questions often leads to the best outcome on the MBE (this is why I built the NCBE MBE rules into my UBE MASTER outline). The examinee made an MBE rules outline that contained 500 rules and she stated that she studied this outline every day. The examinee told me that for the first few weeks of review, she reviewed each answer immediately after answering a question, but in the last few weeks before the exam, she was reviewing answers after answering MBE practice questions in blocks of 18. The examinee stopped practicing MBE practice questions and focused on memorizing outlines 10 days before the exam. By averaging 67% correct on a large number of relevant practice questions, is was very likely this examinee was going to score 140+ on the MBE. This is why you must track your overall % correct in MBE practice. Then, if you find you are not in the range for a good MBE score, you must adjust your studying.

Domestic examinee F17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 138.1/UBE of 271 after MBE of 130.2/UBE of 258


In response to your question regarding how I studied for the MBE: 

1- OUTLINES 

 I realized early on that your outlines were much more concise and better organized than any commercial outline I had or had created. So, I studied from your outlines almost exclusively, and only briefly looked through mine. Also, it really helped that at the end of each topic, there was a list of rules from MBE questions as well as MEE essay questions/answers. 

2- BOOKS

 I used the Strategies and Tactics books (2013, 2015 and 2016- orange and purple books) exclusively for practice questions. I averaged about 30-50 questions per day. I also completed practice exams from these books. I was not at all confident about my possibilities of a passing MBE score, since I never got over 50% correct on the practice exams. I also completed 200 practice questions from the Kaplan MBE practice exam from 2012. I did not use any other commercial practice program such as Adaptibar. 

3- SCHEDULE

On an average day, I would spend 3-4 hours reading your outlines on a specific topic. I would then read your MBE rules outline. After lunch, I tested myself from one of the S&Ts on that topic (e.g. Individual Rights). After practicing, I would review each answer and figure out why I got it right/wrong. This meant going through the questions, the answer and the MBE rules document you created. I made copious notes as to why I kept getting the same wrong answers and practiced that topic again during the week.  As I got closer to the exam, I combined topics and selected practice questions at random (e.g. Individual Rights and Admission of Evidence). This helped me get accustomed to how it would be on the exam in terms of jumping from topic to topic. 

In the evenings, as I worked out for an hour, I listened to your MBE MP3 rules on the subjects I was having most difficulty with. 

I studied about 10 hours per day, and as I got closer to the exam it was between 11-13 hours per day. 

4- PRACTICE EXAMS, NUMBER OF QUESTIONS, and PERCENTAGE ALLOCATION

The last two weeks of the exam, I must have taken at least 5 practice exams, including an OPE, but the last 3 days I focused exclusively on your outlines and read through the MBE rules over an over again. 

In total, I think I averaged about 1800 questions, including practice exams. 

I spent 80% of my time studying for the MBE. I spent the rest on practicing MEE, and 2 days before the exam, I read through your MPT bible (which is the most comprehensive MPT study guide I have ever read through --- and the best!) 

5- THE SINGLE MOST IMPORTANT REASON WHY I PASSED

Looking back, I believe the single most important thing I did was continuously practice MBE questions with your outlines as a reference. I was fortunate to have your guides, which were very organized and incorporated MBE rules at the end of each substantive topic. These outlines were essential because it took the work out of having to organize these documents myself, which would have given me unnecessary anxiety and I would have been worried as to how much to put in these outlines. MBE practice questions and your outlines were the only thing I focused on for 8 weeks. I studied very little for the MEE (about 2 weeks) and almost nothing for the MPT. I also remained confident throughout the process. Almost every day I felt as if I wouldn't make it, but I kept pushing through each question and remained confident even if I got the answer wrong. It may seem unimportant, but remaining confident allowed me stay focused, which helped me block out all the negative thoughts. 

I jumped about 10 MBE points from my previous attempts and 20 points from my initial bar exam attempt. This was the most I've gained since I began taking the exam. 

Again, thank you for all you did. Your outlines, advice on your website and over the phone, were invaluable. 

Foreign examinee J16 subscriber who passed with MBE of 140.8/UBE of 267 after MBE of 125.2/UBE of 238


A subscriber passed the J16 exam with an MBE of 140.8 and a final score of 267. The examinee failed the F16 exam with an MBE score of 125.2 and his final score was 238 (converted to UBE). When I asked him to explain what he did to pass, this is what he told me:

Here is how I studied the second time= I passed. I had to cut so many corners again since I had only a month to study!!! I tried focusing on the MBE (the only reliable part of the exam). I focused 75% of my time on the MBE. Did about 2,200 Kaplan Q's (they were very hard) and ended with 65% correct total. After each question I did a rule outline every time one q was answered incorrectly. I read your MBE outline and summarized it so I also had my own summary (handwritten). I also did 800 Adaptibar Q's. They were too easy-was scoring 70% when really focused. I do not recommend these, Cannot stress this enough!! The first time I failed I was scoring 78% on the practice exams of Adaptibar so I had a false sense of security. I also watched all of Kaplan's videos (fast forward), did the midterm (got 121/200 raw) and final exam (131/200) raw. Re the written portion: I practiced 4 MPTs' trying to write at least 1200 words like you mention on your program. Felt good in the bar exam but barely finished while practicing. Re  essays: practiced about 10 and they always felt awful. The highest score I got in Kaplan was a 3/10. For the essay part I only used your MASTER to study and summarized it even further. I would recommend: studying at least two months, focusing on the MBE, using master, the rabbit hole and ur outlines.


Less comprehensive comments from other passing subscribers are here. Typically, subscribers who use the UBE MASTER outline as their MBE+MEE bible have the best outcomes. If an at-risk examinee passes the exam due to the subscription site, it is generally because they devote more time to the MBE at the expense of the MEE by taking a calculated risk on what MEE topics will appear through the UBE MASTER priorities. By having a higher than expected MBE score (and doing OK on the essays/MPT), these examinees are more likely to pass than by bringing up their MEE/MPT scores and having an MBE score that is average for their demographic. This may not work for everyone, but it has helped a number of examinees. No matter what your background is, whether the subscription site will be enough to help you pass, I don't know, but I strongly believe it will give you your best opportunity at passing. For example, the UBE MASTER OUTLINE contains about 175 pages of black letter law on the 7 MBE subjects and I expect you to find all 175 pages of law in this outline fully relevant to the upcoming MBE.

Click here to read more about this


I strongly believe there is no better representation of the current MBE than this outline in as condensed a format. Thus, if there is a part of the outline you don’t understand pertaining to an MBE issue, you must review/research it to understand it. The MBE tests both past topics and new current topics and this outline is intended to help you with both. The past MBE topics are reflected in the built-in MBE rules (I wrote synopses of the law for each of the 1,800+ released NCBE questions – these are the same questions in Adaptibar/Strategies & Tactics, Barmax, etc). The past topics and new current topics are reflected in the black letter law sections of the outline. I devote one page of black letter law (font size of 10) to what I expect to represent one MBE question on the exam. Thus, there are 175 pages of black letter law for the 7 MBE subjects, plus the built in MBE and MEE issues. The past topics and new current topics are also reflected in the built-in MEE issues (over past 400 MEE issues related to the 7 MBE subjects). What I have discovered is that MEE issues have been turned into MBE questions (especially with Civil Procedure). Accordingly, knowing the past tested MEE issues will help you on the MBE. Finally, the outline is highly prioritized. It is sorted by subject based on how much each subject is expected to contribute to your final score (both in context of the MBE and MEE). It is further prioritized by category so that you study the MEE topics expected to be repeated before you study any MEE topics not expected to be repeated. Put simply, if you know this outline well, you should score well on the MBE and significantly increase your odds of passing the exam.


Thus, these 175 pages of content (plus another 100 pages of past MBE/MEE issues related to the MBE subjects) can essentially account for about 60-70% of your total UBE score. After the exam, I urge examinees to go back to the UBE MASTER outline to spot the issues and assess the outline's usefulness. In addition, post-exam analysis of how each MASTER version performed in regards to the essays can be viewed here. To give you more confidence in these methods, below is a post-exam follow-up from another foreign examinee subscriber who scored better than 99.8% of examinees nationwide on the JULY 2016 MEE/MPT (and also wrote the released above average answer to Essay #4):

Click here to read more about how this high scoring examinee studied for the MEE/MPT


The day before the July 2016 UBE exam, a subscriber emailed me the following: “You’re probably being swamped by panicking students today (including me), so I understand if you don’t have time to respond. Basically, I’m considering withdrawing from the exam and re-sitting in February because I feel very, very underprepared for the essays portion of the test.”

I told this subscriber that withdrawing from the exam would be a mistake. The examinee sat for the exam and ended up passing with a 177.9 scaled MEE/MPT score (MBE score of 148.1 and total score of 326). A written score of 177.9 places this examinee’s MEE/MPT scores in the 99.8% percentile among examinees nationwide (meaning just 0.2% of last year's examinees nationwide scored better than this examinee on the MEE/MPT).  I later found out that this examinee wrote the 2nd released above average answer to Essay #4 (Secured Transactions), meaning this examinee wrote the highest scoring essay #4 out of 10,296 examinees. When I asked the examinee to explain how the examinee studied for the MEE/MPT, the examinee told me:

Thank you very much for this breakdown and evaluation of my results. I'm amazed--and amused--that I was in the 99.8% percentile for the MEE/MPT. As you can see if you scroll through this email chain, I very nearly withdrew the day before the test because I felt so unprepared for the essays. I did one or two practice essays at most, and dedicated one afternoon/evening to studying for the MPT. 

Here's a brief description of how I studied for the MEE/MPT and my thoughts on how I scored so well on those portions of the test:

MPT
I did two practice MPTs. I practiced using the two tasks that tend to come up the most, and which did in fact come up on the test: (1) drafting the argument section of a brief, and (2) drafting a legal memo for a partner in a law firm. I did both of these practice tests in one day.

I read your MPT outline (the ~5 page document) and skimmed your MPT bible. I was moderately familiar with the other types of MPT tasks that may come up.

I took a bit of a gamble that the two tasks I'd studied for--legal argument section of a brief and legal memo--would come up on the test. I figured if the task was something else, I'd just deal with it. Not the safest strategy in the world, but I assimilate information quickly and write fast, and English is my native language, so I decided it didn't make sense to spend days studying for the MPT.

MEE
I am shocked I scored so well on the MEE. I did at most two full practice essays, and I outlined maybe five further essays in bullet-point form. I didn't learn Conflicts of Laws or Family Law at all--I passively listened to the lectures but didn't read the outlines or memorize anything--and I hardly knew anything about Corporations. My knowledge of Wills/Trusts and Corporations was sketchy at best. I gambled that if any of those subjects came up, I would just make up the law and try to structure the essay well. I wasn't very strategic in terms of how I decided which MEE subjects to learn.

Fortunately for me, the MEE was very MBE-subject heavy this year. The subjects that came up were Civ Pro, Torts, Contracts, Evidence/Crim Pro, Agency/LLCs, and Secured Transactions. Most of my friends figured Secured Transactions wouldn't come up, since it had been tested on Feb. 2016, but for no good reason I learned it pretty well. I had also learned Agency well. The only reason I'd learned them well was because I tackled them early on in my studies, which meant I had outlined them myself and recorded myself reading my outlines (more on that below). By the time I got to Family, Conflicts, and Wills/Trusts, I simply didn't have time to use that technique.

Basically, the key to my high score on the MEE was that I focused on the MBE subjects. I knew Civ Pro and Evidence/Crim Pro inside out. Torts and Contracts I knew pretty well. As for Agency and Secured Transactions, I was just lucky that those subjects happened to be tested this year, and that they were the two MEE subjects I knew very well. I think I was also helped by the fact that most people strategically ignored Secured Transactions, so my essay probably read much better than other examinees'.

My method for learning the subjects I knew well was to write my own outlines (usually ~8-10 pages) and then record myself reading them. I found the Kaplan outlines unhelpful; once I started outlining the subjects myself, my MBE scores shot up. I found that the process of recording myself reading my outlines was key to learning the information. I wouldn't just read them out like a robot; I would pause the tape, make sure I understood the material, and then record myself summarizing the rule and giving an example (and sometimes a joke...). The learning/recording process took AGES but I found it was by far the best way of learning the material. I would then listen to the audio recordings on my phone as I went on runs/walks, or as I cooked. I cannot recommend this learning method enough, although I guess it might not work for everyone.

Going back to how I got a high score on the MEE, I think it came down to two things: first, luck, since the subjects I knew fairly well came up, and those I ignored didn't. Second, I focused heavily on clear structure and short sentences. More specifically:

1. I used conclusory, numbered sub-headings that were bold and underlined. I figured essay structure was the key to scoring well, since the examiners grade hundreds (maybe thousands?) of essays and they're not going to bother reading a load of dense text closely. The best thing to do--especially when you actually know the law!--is split your essay into paragraphs with sub-headings that summarize the paragraph's conclusion. For example, in my Crim Pro/Evidence essay, I would have had a subheading that said something like, "1(a) Statement is admissible as present sense impression." The number corresponded with the question subsection, of course. The paragraph itself would contain two or three sentences summarizing the rule, applying it to the scenario, offering a conclusion, and moving on.

2. Within my paragraphs, I highlighted buzzwords in bold. I knew the examiners would be skim-reading the essays, so I wanted to draw their attention to words that would score me points.

3. I wrote short, clear sentences.

4. I stuck to IRAC: I stated the issue, followed by the rule, then a sentence or two of analysis, and a conclusion.

Finally, if I had to attribute my passing to just one thing, it would be learning the core MBE subjects well, i.e. Civ Pro, Evidence, Crim, Crim Pro, Property, Con Law, Torts, and Contracts. I'm a depth rather than breadth person, and I memorized the first four of those subjects inside-out; I knew Property very well; and I was middling to fair on Con Law, Torts, and Contracts. If I'd had more time, I'd have used it memorizing all of the MBE subjects inside-out (by writing my own outlines, recording myself reading them, and listening to the audio over and over). I did not spend much time at all on the MEE subjects, and I was fortunate that the essays this year mainly tested MBE subjects. The two MEE subjects tested happened to be the ones I knew: Agency and Secured Transactions. At most, the MEE will test three MEE-specific subjects, and if an examinee is a native English speaker and uses a clear essay structure, they can write passing essays on three subjects they know very little about. They can also score well on the MPT with next to no preparation. So, focus on MBE subjects.

Those are my thoughts. I hope they're helpful. And thank you again!

When I followed up regarding how the examinee did well on the Corporations essay even though the examinee “hardly knew anything about Corporations,”  the examinee told me:

To answer your question about how I scored well on the Corporations question: most of the sub-questions for that essay concerned agency law, which I knew well. The first sub-question was about LLCs (whether the LLC was member-managed or manager-managed), so I just made up a rule and applied it. I guessed that where the LLC certificate of organization is silent, the default is that the LLC is member-managed. (I figured that was the most likely rule.) I was lucky that I guessed correctly. Sub-questions 2 and 3 tested agency law, which I knew. Sub-question 4 was about dissociation (the legal effect of the brother's email). I tried to remember something about dissociation from my knowledge of Partnership law and wrote it down. I think I guessed that the legal effect of the brother's email was that he the email caused his dissociation from the LLC. I must have written two sentences at most, because I hardly knew anything about dissociation.…

Your MEE "master" and MPT outlines were lifesavers, as were your tips on study strategies/time management, so I am forever grateful!

Being the highest scoring examinee on the Secured Transactions essay, this examinee received an estimated scaled score of 85 on that essay. This means the examinee needed to average 62 on the remaining essays/MPTs in order to score a 177.9 on the MEE/MPT. In contrast, the failing examines who sent me their J16 scores averaged 44 on the MEE questions and 43 on the MPT questions. Even more interesting, a number of examinees failed to answer the Secured Transactions essay because they were completely unprepared for it. One would think all these examinees would receive the same score. However, for the examinees that did not write a single word for the Secured Transactions essay, their scores varied from 24.4 to 25.09 to 27.01 to 29.06. According to the NYBOLE score report: “The scaled score for each of the six MEE questions and two MPT questions are arrived at by converting the raw score for each question to a scale that generally ranges from approximately 20 to 80, with 50 as the mean.” Since all of these examinees should have received the same raw score of 0, how can they receive different scaled scores? This is yet another example of the unreliability of essay grading that affects the MEE/MPT.

The moral of the story here is that you never know what to expect on the written portion of the exam. Even if you feel “very, very underprepared for the essays portion of the test” as this examinee did, you can still score well on the essays/MPT. Sometimes it is luck (topics you had prepared for appeared) and sometimes it is unexplainable (essay grading is a very nebulous thing). However, as I told this subscriber when the examinee wanted to withdraw the day before the exam: “You would be making a huge mistake in withdrawing. First, I expect pass rates to decrease until at least 2018 – therefore every exam you pass up will result in reduced odds for you. Second, I strongly believe whether someone passes is based on the MBE, not the essays/MPT. If you feel you are doing well on the MBE, that is all that matters. When I took the exam, I thought my essays were garbage but I scored a 162 on the MBE and made the essays a non-issue. When you do not have a good MBE is when you should be worried.”

Rather than trying to decipher what is important, the UBE MASTER outline tells you what is important for the MBE and MEE. I have enough confidence in what I do that I track the success of my priorities (so far, over the past 16 exams).

Click here to read more about this


In my analysis of bar exam essay topics over the past nine years, I have concluded that you cannot predict the essay topics for an upcoming exam – you can only assess topic priorities. The MASTER priorities use statistical analysis to determine which topics are not likely to appear on the upcoming exam. Once this is done, it is easier to identify which topics are more likely to appear on the upcoming exam. I strongly believe that the MEE MASTER outline is the most efficient way an examinee can study for the MEE essays (so an examinee can devote more time to the MBE). I put a great deal of time into determining the MASTER priorities for each exam – the priorities go far beyond simply looking at the frequency of appearance of a topic. A topic cannot appear on every exam and the MASTER priorities try to account for that.

Since examinees are taking a calculated risk by following the MASTER priorities, I prepare a detailed post-exam analysis of MASTER for each administration it was used (16 administrations so far) to enable examinees (and myself) to better assess that risk. I also publish an even more detailed post-exam analysis on the subscription site after each exam. I know that many examinees rely on me to give them good information, so I regard it as bar review malpractice to not examine and report on the effectiveness of the information I provide:

https://seperac.com/bar/analysis.php

After I develop the statistical methodologies for the priorities, I test how these conditions would have worked on past exams (e.g. if I made a J15 MASTER, how well would it have predicted F16 MEE topics, if I made a F15 MASTER, how well would it have predicted J15 MEE topics, etc.). This “scenario testing” serves as a confirmation that the priorities are on point. If this was not the case, I would never release a prioritized list and tell examinees to rely on it. As stated above, I regard it as bar review malpractice to give advice to someone that requires them to take significant calculated risks in their studying unless it is strongly supported by the data.

The priorities may sometimes seem illogical (i.e. a frequently appearing topic has a low priority or a rarely appearing topic has a high priority). However, every priority is based on a logical set of criteria to establish its priority. The determination of MASTER priorities is strictly formula based – I do not make any subjective assessments. Accordingly, the MASTER priorities are reactive – if the examiners modify how they select previously tested topics, the MASTER priorities change accordingly. Often, I am not even aware of the current priority of a specific topic since my opinion plays no role in the determination of the priorities.

Even though the bar examiners may "shake things up" occasionally, there still needs to be an overall consistency to essay topic selection. Put simply, the more inconsistent the examiners are with essay topic selection, the less likely the exam will determine an applicant’s proficiency. For example, if a large number of obscure topics were tested, most examinees would do poorly on them, making it harder to distinguish applicants sufficiently to determine who is qualified versus unqualified.

Please keep in mind that the priorities in this MEE MASTER outline are specific to the current exam only. For example, if you test the priorities in the current MASTER against the immediately preceding bar exam, the priorities would be inaccurate (you can see how wildly the priorities can sometimes change in the above scenario examples). In the past, an average of 30% of the priorities change between each exam (in some cases, up to 50%). Thus, when you study, rely on the topic’s priority rather than the topic's frequency of appearance.

I believe I am the only bar review that publicly documents the accuracy of their "predictions" and reports them. However, I am loathe to call them predictions because in my analysis of the exam essay topics over the past nine years, I have concluded that you cannot predict the essay topics for an upcoming exam  – you can only assess topic priorities. For example, the MASTER priorities use statistical analysis to determine which topics are not likely to appear on the upcoming exam. Once this is done, it is easier to identify which topics are more likely to appear on the upcoming exam.

If you follow the MASTER priorities, it should lead to the best outcome because you will have a better “feel” for the exam as a whole (with fewer surprises than if you skipped entire subjects). I honestly think the bar examiners throw darts to choose some of the subjects. Thus, I regard it as a mistake to ignore a subject on the MEE simply because it appeared on the last exam (or even last two exams). Ignoring a subject is more of a gamble while following the MASTER priorities is more of a calculated risk since the priorities better represent the the better likelihood of a topic appearing on the upcoming exam. In my UBE MASTER OUTLINE priorities, the pattern of subject appearance is just 1 factor out of 10 that I use to determine the priority of a category. For example, in looking at all the past MEE exams, when Contracts appears on an exam, there is an 11% chance that Contracts will appear on the next exam; or when Torts appears on an exam, there is an 89% chance that Constitutional Law will appear on the next exam. However, for the F17 MEE, Contracts was tested even though it appeared on the J16 MEE exam. Furthermore, Constitutional Law was not tested on the F17 MEE even though Torts was tested on the J16 MEE. Had an examinee relied purely on subject probabilities, that examinee would not have done as well as if the examinee relied on the MASTER priorities instead.


As a repeat examinee who passed July 2017 with an MBE of 142 told me: "Clearly, the MBE is the ticket to passing this exam and what I attribute to passing. I dispensed with trying to master every single rule and used your material to narrow down law most likely to be tested, based on your master outline. Your method of analysis helps to filter out unnecessary information and gets to the critical points in a concise manner. It helped me focus my attention and get the points I needed to pass. Had I done this sooner, I would have likely saved myself a lot of time, heartbreak, and money. But, I am so grateful to be here now."

Keep in mind that even if I can provide you with the best materials and advice, you are still the architect of your success. Accordingly, use the above examples to construct a study plan that focuses on the MBE while utilizing my materials, and you are very likely to have similar success. Please note that while all the above examinee responses are worth reading, the foreign examinee J17 subscriber who passed with MBE of 147.1 after failing with MBE of 113.1 and UBE of 242 is probably the most useful because it illustrates how even low-ability MBE examinees can change their approach to the exam and subsequently pass. In addition, the examinee also provided an MBE Study sheet that the tracked the examinee's MBE progress, which can be used to draw parallels in your own MBE practice.

Upgrades/Discounts/Coupon Codes/Limitations

Subscribers have access to their subscription until July 31, 2018. If a subscriber decides they want to upgrade their subscription prior to its expiration, they simply need to go to the signup page and select the upgrade. For example, if a Basic Subscription subscriber wishes to upgrade to the Full Premium Subscription site, the additional cost to upgrade would be $325 (prices subject to change). Please note that the upgraded subscription will also expire on July 31, 2018.

For examinees interested in a quid pro quo, I offer a $30 coupon code to any examinee who agrees to complete my post-exam followup form within one week after taking the UBE exam (coupon can only be used once). The current version of the post-exam form is here. This post-exam followup form enables me assess the effectiveness of my materials while also helping you later if you fail the exam. For example, using this information, I track the key details of your attempt, so if you fail, I will try to match your responses/statistics to whoever previously submitted the most comparable details (and later passed) to give you their advice on what worked for them. To agree to this quid pro quo, simply purchase a subscription from the subscription page and use the following code for the $30 discount: YESTOPOSTEXAMFORM

Then, after the exam, simply complete the form. I will follow up to remind subscribers, particularily if an examinee fails to submit the form within the agreed upon deadline of seven days. Also, if you submit your essay/MPT answers to me to be utilized in the MEE and MPT Comparisons, I offer a $40 coupon code (or I refund $40 if you are already subscribed).

Please note that FULL PREMIUM subscribers must forward to me an unredacted copy of their UBE exam application receipt in order to receive the updated UBE MASTER outline. Therefore, if providing your unredacted application receipt is problematic to you, you can still subscribe to the FULL PREMIUM site, but you will not be able to receive the updated UBE MASTER OUTLINE. Please also note that if I have a problem verifying your BOLE ID, you will be required to submit more information to prove your identity before you can receive the outline.

Click here to read about the explanation for this policy


My policy of requiring subscribers to submit an unredacted UBE Application Receipt for the upcoming exam before they can receive the updated UBE MASTER OUTLINE is intended to protect both subscribers and my materials. The purpose of the subscription site is to increase your odds of passing the UBE exam through my advice and materials. With each exam, I put a great deal of time and research into the UBE MASTER OUTLINE to keep it contextually and proportionately on point and I release it in an unprotected format so that examinees can fully utilize it (adding notes, changing the fonts, highlighting/color-coding, etc.). Accordingly, if someone shares this outline with others, each subscriber's odds of passing the exam go down. Subscribers to the subscription site must affirm that they will not sell or in any other way disseminate any of the copyrighted materials on the site. In the past, some subscribers violated these terms. For example, prior to implementing this policy, my material was being re-sold on craigslist, ebay, and asian ebay type sites (and probably other places I was unaware of). I was even told by multiple examinees that Chinese professors were using my material in their bar review classes. Thus, I use the application receipt to protect subscribers by confirming the legitimacy of each subscriber. Put simply, an examinee who is actually taking the upcoming exam is much less likely to sell/share the updated UBE MASTER OUTLINE with others because doing so negatively affects that examinee's odds of passing the exam. In contrast, if someone is not taking the exam but is merely tutoring other examinees, such a person would likely have no qualms about sharing my material (and such sharing is more likely to become wide-spread). Initially, I tried to accommodate the privacy concerns of subscribers by permitting subscribers to submit redacted application receipts. However, after receiving a number of counterfeit application receipts, I was forced to require that the application receipt to be unredacted so I can verify the examinee is submitting a legitimate application receipt for the upcoming exam. Please keep in mind that to subscribe, you must provide personal information about yourself (both through the subscription sign-up and through the payment processor). Thus, the only extra information I obtain from the UBE Application Receipt is your BOLE ID. As I discuss in more detail on the free site and the subscription site, I always hold an examinee’s identity strictly confidential (assuming they are not in violation of the subscription site's terms and conditions). In the past ten years, I have had thousands of examinees subscribe and/or send me their scores/essays to review and I have never had an examinee tell me that their identity was compromised in any way. Therefore, if providing your unredacted application receipt is problematic to you, you can still subscribe as a full subscriber, but you will not be able to receive the updated UBE MASTER OUTLINE when it is released.


Former subscribers can re-subscribe at a discounted rate, but resubscribers must first submit their application receipt to me at joe@seperac.com (meaning the earliest you can re-subscribe is when the application period opens). To receive this discount, re-subscribers must provide me with an unredacted copy of their UBE application receipt proving that they are taking the upcoming exam. Once I verify the application receipt and confirm that the prior subscription account information matches the UBE application receipt, I will send you a discount code they can use to receive the discounted rate. It bothers me to have to enact policies that make it harder for examinees to prepare for the exam, but unfortunately this is a situation where a few bad apples truly spoiled it for the bunch. Please also note that if I have a problem verifying your BOLE ID, you will be required to submit more information to prove your identity before you can receive the discount.


FREE BAR MATERIALS, TOOLS AND SERVICES

I also provide the following free materials/tools/services to bar examinees:

MBE OUTLINES: My old black letter law MBE outlines from 2005 (I scored a 162 on the MBE largely due to these outlines) can be downloaded here. While a lot has changed with the MBE since 2005, the core information is still relevant.

MEE MP3s: A free sample set of MP3s from the February 2008 MEE can be downloaded here. Additional MP3s wiill be added as time permits. Every examinee should listen to MP3s during their studies to see if they find an auditory learning style effective. However, even if you are not an auditory learner, you should take advantage of these MP3s to form different memory impressions when you study.

UBE SCORE ESTIMATOR: The Seperac UBE Score Estimator will give you a good idea of your odds of passing based on the demographic and grade information you enter.

BAR EXAM SCORE CALCULATORS: I create accurate score calculators based on prior exams to allow examinees to test various scoring scenarios and estimate their upcoming exam performance (e.g. if you are sitting for the J18 exam, you should experiment with the J17 calculator).

SCORE ANALYSIS REPORT: If you failed the UBE exam, I can provide you with a free 14 page confidential analysis of your scoring along with my advice.

MEE/MPT ANALYSIS REPORT: If you also have your written answers, I can provide you with a free 43 page MEE/MPT Analysis which will tell you a number of useful things such as how well you issue spotted. More information regarding this report is here.

MBE SUBSCORE ANALYSIS: If you are in a non-UBE state (e.g. California), while I can't send you a score report, I can give you a breakdown of your MBE subscores.

POST-EXAM ANALYSIS: If you recently took the UBE exam and think you may not have passed, there is a post-exam form for examinees. Filling out this form immediately after you take the exam (while the information is still fresh in your mind) can help you later. For example, using this information, I track the key details of your attempt, so if you later find that you failed the exam, I will try to match your responses/statistics to whoever previously submitted the most comparable details (and later passed) to give you their advice on what worked for them.


FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

To make it easier to understand the subscription site, following are my responses to frequently asked questions (click on the links to expand the sections and read my responses):

Is it possible just to buy your mbe outlines?Answered 2/18.

Response Date: February 12, 2018

If you are looking for MBE only materials, I suggest the Basic Package:
https://seperac.com/subscription.php#BASIC

While the Basic Seperac MBE+MEE Outline is 299 pages long, the MBE portion of the outline is the first 175 pages (meaning you can delete the remaining pages to make an MBE only outline).

A sample of the SEPERAC MBE-MEE OUTLINE is here:
https://seperac.com/bar/pdf/SAMPLE-SEPERAC-F18%20EXAM-MBE-MEE%20OUTLINE-BASIC%20EDITION.pdf

For each of the 175 MBE categories, the outline will tell you the estimated number of MBE questions an examinee should see from each category. While it doesn’t contain priorities for the topics, the outline content is proportioned based on the 2018 NCBE MBE Subject Matter Outline (along with what I expect to be tested on the upcoming MBE). For example, based on the NBCE Subject Matter outline, the subject of Real Property consists of five categories: (1) Ownership; (2) Rights in Land; (3) Contracts; (4) Mortgages; and (5) Titles. Each category is equally weighted, meaning each category will represent 20% of your Real Property MBE score. However, if you look at the MBE outlines of the big bar reviews, you would not see anything remotely close to these proportions. For example, 44% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership) even though it is only 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Meanwhile, 7% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 3 (Contracts) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Likewise, 8% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 4 (Mortgages) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Kaplan and Themis are similar. For Kaplan, 45% of Kaplan's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership); 9% is based on category 3 (Contracts) and 9% is based on category 4 (Mortgages). For Themis, 36% of Themis' Real Property MBE outline is based on category 1 (Ownership); 9% is based on category 3 (Contracts) and 12% is based on category 4 (Mortgages).

The MBE portion of my outline consists of about 175 pages of black letter law because I deliberately make each page of black letter law to represent one MBE question. The one thing I can assure you about my outline is that you are not wasting your time when you read it – every piece of information is relevant to the upcoming exam. The problem I face is that the MBE alternates what it tests, so I have to cover more rather than less. For example, the category of RLP_Cat_I_Ownership_D._Special_problems is generally one question on the MBE (sometimes two). It covers the following areas:

RLP_Cat_I_OwnershipD._Special_problems_1_Rule_Against_Perpetuities_common_law_and_as_modified
RLP_Cat_I_OwnershipD._Special_problems_2_Alienability_descendibility_and_devisability
RLP_Cat_I_OwnershipD._Special_problems_3_Fair_housing_discrimination

The trend has been to test the FHA, but RAP is still occasionally tested (alienability infrequently tested). Thus, my outline covers the areas as proportionally needed, and in this case it ends up being over a page. However, if you go with other outlines, there will be multiple pages on RAP and nothing on FHA, so in a sense you will be wasting your time. Thus, even though it is denser than other outlines, it is extremely on point. In my biased opinion, my outline is probably the best possible representation of the upcoming MBE. For example, the new areas the MBE currently tests (e.g. Fair Housing Act, broker’s commissions, title insurance, zoning/non-conforming uses, voluminous summaries, and many more) are proportionally and contextually covered in the outline. I strongly believe you can pick up 5-10 MBE points just from my outline’s coverage of these new MBE areas (which most other outlines/questions still neglect to cover). The outline also covers all the perennially-tested MBE issues that sometimes receive short-shrift in other outlines (e.g. course of performance vs. course of dealing, knowingly/willful blindness, federal privileges, 8th Amendment, consent to searches).

My 2018 outlines are essentially improved versions of my 2005 outlines that I provide for free on seperac.com. For example, while 90% of the content in the 2005 Torts outline is contained in the 2018 Torts outline, only 25% of the content in the 2018 Torts outline is contained in the 2005 Torts outline. Basically, I scored a 162 on the MBE with these outline in 2005 and have been improving them since 2008 based on my understanding of what is tested on the MBE. For example, a subscriber in 2014-2015 who scored a 174 on the MBE in NY and then a 177 on the MBE in NJ told me: “… as far as the MBE is concerned, your outlines have been most useful since you emphasize the fine distinctions.”

If you are interested in a quid pro quo, I am offering a $30 coupon code to any examinee who agrees to complete my post-exam followup form within one week after taking the Feb 2018 UBE exam. The current version of the post-exam form is here. This post-exam followup form enables me assess the effectiveness of the outline (in a sense, it is how I keep the outline up-to-date). It can also help you later if you find out you failed the exam. For example, using this information, I track the key details of your attempt, so if you fail, I will try to match your responses/statistics to whoever previously submitted the most comparable details (and later passed) to give you their advice on what worked for them. To agree to this quid pro quo, simply purchase the subscription from the subscription page and use the following code for the $30 discount: YESTOPOSTEXAMFORM

Will your subscription site help me as a part-time studier?Answered 1/18.

Response Date: January 6, 2018

In my opinion, a subscription to my site and some good MBE practice books are all you need to prepare for the exam. Some examinees also add a comprehensive outline book (e.g. the Barbri Conviser) to handle situations where better clarification of a legal concept is needed, but often, examinees simply use google or wikipedia to research the concept instead. Your likelihood of passing will be mainly dependent on how you score on MBE practice questions so you really need to put a lot of effort into the MBE (often at the expense of the MEE and MPT). If you can answer a minimum of 750 MBE questions in practice (and review every single answer especially the wrong answers or the ones you answered correctly for the wrong reasons) and average 60-65% correct on Barbri and Kaplan MBE practice questions and 70-75% correct on NCBE questions, you are likely to score a 140+ on the MBE which almost always leads to a pass. Getting to this point while making sure that the MEE/MPT are not completely neglected is the hard part.

I help examinees pick up points on the exam by separating the important from the unimportant. For example, although there are about 364 testable categories on the MEE, I tell examinees to study only about 100 of them and this usually represents about 70-80% of an examinee’s MEE grade. See https://seperac.com/analysis.php for an explanation on this. Over the past 10 years, I have probably put more effort into figuring out the bar exam than any single living person. You will see this in the materials and advice (comments from subscribers are here: https://seperac.com/comments.php). For example, over the years, I have looked at thousands of scores and essays and spoken to thousands of examinees and then put together detailed “strategy” pages for the MEE and MPT based on these observations. Because I regard a good MBE score as essential to passing, I continually try to make an examinee’s study more efficient so they can devote extra time to MBE study/practice. For example, I wrote rules for all 1,800+ released NCBE MBE questions so examinees can get a rough idea of what NCBE has tested in the past without having to go through all the trouble of reviewing all the questions (this is very helpful to examinees with limited study time – I even made MP3 audio files of these rules for examinees who have very limited study-time). Basically, I put a lot of effort in understanding exactly what is tested on the current exam (and in what proportion) and I then make outlines/materials to reflect it.

As a part-time studier, you can still pass the exam, but you need to study as efficiently as possible. For example, one domestic educated examinee failed the exam 4 times (pre-UBE scores converted to UBE): F15 UBE 243 (MBE 118.7, MEE/MPT 125); J15 UBE 230 (MBE 117.6, MEE/MPT 115); F16 UBE 263 (MBE 138.1, MEE/MPT 132); and J16 UBE 248 (MBE 128.7, MEE/MPT 118.8). For his F17 attempt, the examinee was studying part-time. The examinee subscribed on 2/1/17 (21 days before the exam) because he felt he needed to study more efficiently. When I asked how long he studied for F17, he told me: “I would say 140 hours during the 21-22 days that I had.” After passing F17, the examinee told me: “I scored a 142.5 MBE and my total score was 275.  I am going to order my essay score breakdown and can send you that info when I receive it. I was really worried about the MBE and the 25 additional experimental questions.  I also knew I had missed three (3) fairly straight forward questions.  But I guess it turned out to be okay.   Doing practice questions from various sources really helped and I think Themis' questions were very good for me as I found them to be difficult. Your outlines really saved me though.  Without it, I would have failed.  Reviewing the MBE subject outlines was an excellent recap that last week I had.   Anyways, I am happy I will never study for this again.  Thanks Joe!!!!” Please note that this examinee followed my advice to focus on the MBE and yet he still scored better on the MEE/MPT (132.5) than on any of his prior full-time attempts.

Between 2015-2016, I communicated a good bit with the examinee and told him how important the MBE was. He understood this and even saw it firsthand – of his 4 failing attempts, the only time he had good essay scores was when he scored highest on the MBE (138 MBE in F16). When I asked him what he thought of his essays on that attempt, he told me: “According to my essay score breakdown, I scored an astonishing 67 on Essay 5 which was about trusts/essays.  I remember very clearly that I thought I had absolutely bombed this question.  I had no idea what the rules were, I did not know how to even conceptualize what was going on.  I know my answer was complete garbage.  Yet, I scored a 67?  Incredible.  My second highest score was a 58 and based on the essay content and questions, I'm also questioning how I got a 58 for that one. The crazy thing is that I was within 10 points of passing which meant they had to regrade my written exam (essays and mpt) and have it reread by the original graders....yet, I will received a 67...did they confuse my essays with someone else's? CRAZY.

Interestingly, when his MBE went down to 128 in J16, his essays also went down, even though it was the J16 UBE (where 4 of the 6 MEE questions were on MBE subjects). One would think that an examinee's essays/MPTs would improve with each attempt as the examinee builds on his knowledge and learns from his mistakes. However, it seems that essay/MPT scores wax and wane depending on the MBE score. The above highlights both the unfairness of the exam and also the importance of the MBE. This examinee passed the administration that he studied for the least. Meanwhile, other examinees study 2x or 3x more and somehow fail. However,  the commonality I always see is that a high MBE score almost always leads to a pass. Doing well on the MBE is partly a function of time – if you don’t have a lot of time to spend studying/practicing for it, it is hard to do well on it. Basically, an examinee needs to know/understand at least 400-500 legal principles to do well on the MBE because each question requires you to know multiple legal principles. For example, a single intentional torts MBE question may require you to know about assault, battery, false imprisonment and IIED. Thus, examinees with limited legal knowledge will not do as well as examinees with more extensive legal knowledge. Meanwhile, the MEE only consists of 20 legal principles (give or take a few). While a deeper understanding of the law is needed, it is MUCH easier for someone to get “lucky” on the MEE than the MBE. Let’s assume that like the MBE, you need 63% correct on the MEE to pass – this means you need to correctly identify/analyze about 13/20 of the major MEE issues. If you get lucky on just a few of them (i.e. what you studied the night before luckily appears), this can account for 10-15% of your total MEE score. Other times, examinees pick up extra points on the MEE by correctly “bluffing” an answer or two. Some examinees get lucky on the MEE by studying only for the MBE and then having MBE subjects appear on the MEE (e.g. on the J16 MEE, 4/6 questions were based on MBE subjects). However, for the MBE, you really can’t get lucky on it. For example, even if some of the concepts you studied just before the exam appeared, that will only help you with maybe 2-4 questions. That’s just 2% of your MBE score. Likewise, you can’t bluff an MBE answer because the exam is key-balanced so a guess will be correct only 25% of the time. For this and other reasons, I believe an examinee’s MBE score plays an important role in whether the examinee passes or fails the exam. Thus, if you plan to study for the MBE much less than other examinees, you really can't be inefficient in your studies. The subscription site centers around a simple premise – examinees that do well on the MBE generally pass. I provide advice on how to approach the exam more effectively along with helpful materials to achieve that goal. Thus, subscribers focus heavily on the MBE and take calculated risks with their MEE/MPT study based on the advice/materials on the subscription site. Whether the subscription site will improve your MBE enough to pass, I don’t know, but with a low MBE, most examinees will find it very difficult to pass the exam.

Everything I do on the subscription site is intended to make your studying more efficient so you can put more time into MBE study and practice (because it is seriously warranted). For example, part of doing well on the MEE involves reviewing the past MEE questions. On the subscription site, you can find all the released MEE questions sorted in order of priority with the extraneous answer information removed from the answers (about 10% of the answer) to make your MEE studying more efficient. If you don’t have the time to sit and read the full MEE questions, there are MP3s of the questions to listen to while you exercise/commute. If you don’t have the time for the full MP3s, there are partially abridged MEE questions. There is also an MEE issue spotting outline that contains only the MEE questions along with the issues and a brief answer explanation. If you don’t have the time for this, there is an MP3 of this Quick Review outline that you can listen to. If you don't have the time for this, you can simply review the 1,300+ MEE issues that are built into my UBE MASTER outline and sorted by category. So whether you have a lot of study time or very little study time, the materials/information on this site will enable you to find a way to study the things you need to study.

If examinees don’t have time to make use of the other materials on the site, you can focus on only the UBE MASTER outline and my MBE, MEE and MPT strategy pages (updated/released about one month before the exam). For example, the MEE issues in the UBE MASTER outline contain links to the published MEE essay questions, so in other words, when you click the issue link, you can instantly can see the "facts" (in the questions) related to the particular issues along with the answer explanations. This is a very helpful and efficient way to study – by reading my UBE MASTER outline, you have a complete set of information: the MBE/MEE black letter law, relevant hypotheticals, rules statements based on the 1,800+ released NCBE questions, the 1,300+ prior-tested MEE issues with the related facts and relevant answers and finally, topic summaries of those MEE answers for easier memorization/regurgitation.

Some part-time subscribers find the MBE Rules MP3s and the MBE Flashcard exams helpful. For example, in post-exam followups with subscribers, I ask them to specify any supplemental bar review materials, courses or tutors they used for the exam (e.g. Adaptibar, Bestmultis, Lean Sheets, Critical Pass Flashcards) and rank them in their order of effectiveness. A subscriber with an MBE score of 137.2 on the July 2016 UBE exam told me: “Seperac (quiz, mp3s, flashcards) Kaplan Mock Exams (too easy) Adaptibar (too simplistic) Critical Flashcards (better to do them alone)”

How exactly will a subscription to your site help me to pass the exam?Answered 10/17.

Response Date: October 2017

First, I suggest you try my UBE Score Estimator to see if you even need to subscribe. If the UBE Score Estimator tells you that you are expected to pass by 20 points or more and you are taking a bar review (e.g. Barbri, Kaplan, Themis) while studying full-time, you do not need to supplement your bar studies. However, if you are not expected to pass by 20+ points, or you are not taking a full bar review, or you are only studying part-time, you may want to consider subscribing to improve your reduced odds of passing. I offer a full subscription site that contains all my advice and materials along with smaller modules that only provide access to certain parts of the subscription site and/or materials.

The subscription site is somewhat like a long written tutoring session with a lot of good material and information. For example, I have statistically analyzed the scores from over 4,000+ failing examinees and post-exam follow-ups from 2,000+ examinees (both passing and failing). Furthermore, I have reviewed and statistically analyzed over 3,000 essays/MPT answers from over 500 failing examinees. I collect and analyze this information because I find it invaluable in learning what mistakes examinees commonly make. Everything I do on the subscription site is geared towards improving examinee outcomes by reducing mistakes. Examinees who are considered at risk of failing the exam must seriously embrace the advice on the subscription site as it is built upon the mistakes of thousands of examinees. You must learn from these mistakes or else you are bound to make the same mistakes. Quite honestly, I feel there is no one better qualified to give examinees the correct advice on how to pass the exam. When you hire a tutor, you pay for his time with you. With the full subscription site (or a smaller module), you pay for my research and materials. I put my time into researching the exam to tell you very accurately what to expect on it. A tutor can help you to understand things you don’t understand, but what’s the point if those concepts are no longer tested or statistically not expected to appear on the upcoming exam. When this occurs, you are studying inefficiently.

Inefficient study affects all examinees, but it most seriously impacts at-risk examinees. I regard an at-risk examinee as one who is statistically more likely to fail the exam than pass it. At risk-examinees include all repeat takers and most part-time studiers. For example, over the past 20 years in New York, the February ABA Repeaters Pass Rate is 45.2% while the July ABA Repeaters Pass Rate is 32.5%. The repeater rates for foreign examinees are even lower. I made the UBE Score Estimator (which is primarily based on NYBOLE/NCBE studies) so examinees can predict an estimate of their total UBE score based on the entered demographic/grade data. The further away you are from passing, the fewer inefficiencies you can have in your studies. For example, a Domestic-educated Caucasian First-Time examinee with a high LSAT/LGPA can study rather inefficiently (e.g. not study full-time, put a lower percentage of their time into MBE study, or answer MBE practice questions from only one source, or answer only a few hundred MBE questions in practice) and still pass the exam. In contrast, if you are on the other end of the spectrum (Foreign-educated Non-Caucasian Repeat-Taker), you can’t afford any inefficiencies in your studies (meaning you should never deviate from the advice on the subscription site).

NCBE recently stated that "MBE scores are highly related to total bar exam scores." If NCBE themselves are saying that bar scores are highly correlated to MBE scores, why in the world would you focus on anything else until you were very proficient at the MBE? So how do you become proficient at the MBE? Basically, it involves studying what’s expected to be tested on it followed by a lot of practice. In my opinion, the materials on the subscription site do a better job of telling you what to expect on the upcoming MBE exam than any bar review, tutor or commercial outline. For example, if you took the UBE exam and have a recollection of a question you had a problem with, email whoever you think would be a good bar review/tutor and ask for their thoughts on it (e.g. tell them you had a particularly difficult time with that MBE question and ask for his/her insights). Then email the same question to me to see who knows more about the question. I can almost assure you it will be me. Put simply, if you don’t know what is currently tested on the exam, how can you efficiently teach that exam?

Examinees that follow the methodologies on my subscription site put a disproportionate amount of their study-time into the MBE and then through my materials, they take calculated risks on the MEE and MPT. This is what I find that works for at-risk examinees. Otherwise, lower-ability examinees try to be good at everything, but if their MBE score languishes, they almost always fail. Here are comments from passing examinees who following these methodologies. Of the thousands of subscribers that have subscribed in the past, I have never had a single one tell me they regretted subscribing. Whether the subscription site will be enough to help you pass, I don't know, but I strongly believe it will give you your best opportunity at passing. To learn more about the subscription site or the modules, read the information on this page.

Is reviewing/studying the materials from Seperac alone sufficient to pass the exam.Answered 6/17.

Response Date: June 2017

I am somewhere between a supplemental bar review course and a full bar review course. Some examinees have passed using only my materials, but most examinees use my materials to supplement their bar review (they feel overwhelmed and are looking for more pin-pointed advice on what to study). The subscription site contains everything you need for the MEE and MPT. The main thing missing from the subscription site are good MBE questions, although I have 600+ short answer MBE-type questions called Flashcard exams and I give advice on the best commercial MBE questions to use. However, I still feel that the MBE materials/advice available on the subscription site will help you significantly on the MBE. For example, the UBE MASTER OUTLINE contains 175 pages of black letter law on the 7 MBE subjects that is intended to represent the 175 graded MBE questions (meaning you won’t be blindsided by current MBE issues that receive short-shrift in other outlines). Thus, these 175 pages of content (plus another 100 pages of past MBE/MEE issues related to the MBE subjects) can essentially account for about 60-70% of your total UBE score.

Please read the Introduction section to the current UBE MASTER outline. This will give you a good explanation of how to use it. Trust the J17 UBE MASTER outline and make it your bar bible. It is highly on point, both proportionately and contextually. Thus, the new areas the MBE currently tests (e.g. Fair Housing Act) are adequately covered. I strongly believe you can pick up 5-10 MBE points just from the UBE MASTER outline’s coverage of the currently tested MBE issues (which almost all other outlines fail to appropriately cover). The UBE MASTER outline likewise covers all the perennially-tested MBE issues. For example, on my examinee form, I recently added the question “On the MBE, what percentage of MBE questions did the UBE MASTER OUTLINE fail to cover (rough estimates are fine).” To date, eleven F17 subscribers have answered the question with an average answer of 14% (meaning that according to these examinees, about 14% of the 200 MBE questions were not covered in their edition of the UBE MASTER outline). I continually refine the content and proportionality of my outline, and I expect the UBE MASTER OUTLINE to cover at least 90% of what you will see on the J17 MBE. Put simply, if you can memorize/remember the 175 pages of MBE black letter law in the outline and understand this law through the 100 pages of MBE rules built into the outline, you will be in a very good position to do well on the MBE and pass the exam.

This outline should be an excellent representation of the MBE and MEE. Aside from the black letter law sections that cover the material I expect to be tested on the upcoming exam, I also include the issues that were tested on every past released MBE and MEE exam (going back 20 years consisting of 1,800+ MBE issues and 1,300+ MEE issues). Thus, the black letter law sections of the UBE MASTER OUTLINE will appropriately tell you what to expect on the upcoming exam (both contextually and proportionally), while the built-in MBE rules and MEE issues will tell you what was tested on the past. This is about as compete a picture as you can have of the current exam. Furthermore, when you study based on the priorities, you will not be spending too much time on the past, nor too little time on the current. For example, if you study the J17 UBE MASTER outline based on priority and then consult it immediately after the MBE to see how much was missing from it – there won’t be much.

Some subscribers find the MBE Rules MP3s and the MBE Flashcard exams helpful. For example, in post-exam followups with subscribers, I ask them to specify any supplemental bar review materials, courses or tutors they used for the exam and rank them in their order of effectiveness. A subscriber with an MBE score of 137.2 on the July 2016 UBE exam told me: “Seperac (quiz, mp3s, flashcards) Kaplan Mock Exams (too easy) Adaptibar (too simplistic) Critical Flashcards (better to do them alone)” Another subscriber who passed with an MBE of 140.5 after failing with an MBE of 128.1 told me: “I would suggest that all future examinees use every portion of your site and materials and really take the time to read your website and its sections over. The advice was invaluable and helped A LOT. Literally every part of your website contributed in some way.

I strongly believe that if you follow the advice on the subscription site and can answer about 63% correct on the MBE portion of the exam, you stand an excellent chance of passing. Even NCBE has publicly stated that "MBE scores are highly related to total bar exam scores." see https://www.ncbex.org/assets/media_files/Bar-Examiner/articles/2011/800411Testing.pdf

Doing well on the MBE involves a combination of knowledge and test-taking skills (and skills require drills). Acquiring this knowledge and skill takes a lot of time – thus if you don’t have a lot of time to spend studying/practicing for the MBE, it is hard to do well on it. While study for the other components of the exam can be “abbreviated” to some extent (e.g. using my materials to abbreviate your MEE essay study or just studying certain subjects and getting lucky), MBE study really can’t be given short-shrift, nor can MBE answered be “bluffed” as with the MEE/MPT (another reason why the bar examiners rely heavily on the MBE and even use it to scale essay/MPT scores). To do well on the MBE, you should first become familiar with the law tested on past MBE questions. Thus, if you have the time, you should answer and review the 1,800 released NCBE questions. For example, to review the 1,800 released NCBE questions, it would take you about 150-200 hours to do this (assuming 1.8 minutes to read each question and 5 minutes to review each answer explanation and write a rule). For examinees that don’t have the time to do this (for example, you are following your full bar review course syllabus and using their questions or you are studying part-time), I wrote rules for these 1,800 questions (from the 1991 questions all the way up to the 2017 sample questions). A word document of these rules is 130 pages long. I also created a MBE Rules MP3 of these 1,800 questions which is about 10 hours long. While it is always better to do the question (to practice your reading comprehension and dealing with distractors), if you are short on time, this is an excellent way to acquire the black letter law behind what NCBE has tested in the past in a very efficient way. More so, these rules are prioritized based on my priorities for the upcoming exam. Therefore, the rules are broken down into 36 ranked categories (representing the 36 MBE categories in the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outlines) to enable examinees to study the most important categories (that will contribute the most to the examinee’s MBE score) before studying the least important MBE categories. Thus, if you are very short on time, this is an excellent way to pick up the most important law in the least amount of time.

Please note that studying these rules is only one part of your overall MBE study. While the law behind past NCBE questions will give you insight into some of the legal concepts you can expect to see on the upcoming MBE, they are not always representative. For example, out of the 1,800+ released NCBE questions, there are only two questions on Double Jeopardy (1/10 of 1% of the questions). In contrast, Double Jeopardy is tested fairly frequently on the current MBE (I expect it to represent about 1% of your total MBE score). Basically, the entire area of Constitutional Protection of Accused Persons is under-represented in the released NCBE questions (it is just 3% of the 1,800 NCBE questions, but expected to be 7% of your MBE score). To cite another example, the Rule of Perpetuities (from the Real Property subcategory of Special Problems) represents about 1% of the released NCBE questions, but on the upcoming exam, I expect this subcategory to test the Fair Housing Act (of which there are no released NCBE questions) rather than the Rule of Perpetuities. Thus, if your MBE study is based only on the law behind the released NCBE MBE questions, you will be under-prepared for some areas and over-prepared for others. Accordingly, you MUST use the UBE MASTER OUTLINE in tandem with these MBE rules. The UBE MASTER OUTLINE is designed to have 25 pages of black letter law per MBE subject with each page intended to represent 1 MBE question (e.g. for Criminal Law/Procedure, 12 of the 25 pages are on the Constitutional Protection of Accused Persons making it 7% of the UBE MASTER OUTLINE since it is expected to be 7% of your MBE score). Thus, the black letter law sections of the UBE MASTER OUTLINE will appropriately tell you what to expect on the upcoming exam (both contextually and proportionally), while the built-in MBE rules will tell you what was tested on the past. This is about as compete a picture as you can have of the current MBE exam. Furthermore, when you study based on the priorities, you will not be spending too much time on the past, nor too little time on the current. Basically, you should treat the UBE MASTER OUTLINE as your study bible. If there is something in the UBE MASTER OUTLINE that you don’t understand, you need to research it to understand it. If there is something in another outline that is not in my outline, forget about it.

My site is all about efficiency. For example, to do well on the MEE, you need to review the past MEE questions. On the subscription site are all the MEE questions sorted in order of priority with extraneous info removed from the answers to make your studying more efficient. If you don’t have the time to sit and read the full MEE questions, there are MP3s of the questions to listen to while you exercise/commute. If you don’t have the time for the full MP3s, there are partial abridged MEE questions. There is also an MEE issue spotting outline that contains only the MEE questions along with the issues and a brief answer explanation. If you don’t have the time for this, there is an MP3 of it that you can listen to. If you have no time for this, you can simply review the 1,200+ MEE issues that are built into my UBE MASTER OUTLINE that are sorted by category. So whether you have a lot of study time or very little study time, you will be able to find a way to study the things you need to study.

It is not easy to explain the subscription site in a simple email so I suggest you read this page if you haven’t already:
https://www.seperac.com/subscription.php

Can I use your materials even though I am currently enrolled in a bar review?Answered 6/17.

Response Date: June 2017

An examinee emailed me the following in May 2017:

I found your site by mere coincidence on a Barbri v. Pieper blog. I must admit I am very intrigued by your SEPERAC method of Bar Prep. Currently, I am enrolled in Barbri Bar Prep. Today is actually Day 3, and already I have noticed that the classroom videos will not work for me because I find it more beneficial to watch the videos at my own pace, in order to grasp the material, take notes, and understand key concepts. So far I have been going to class only to come home to rewatch the videos, and take my own extensive notes. As a result, I am extremely sleep deprived and feel unproductive by going to class. Instead, when I get home I should be reviewing outlines and doing practice questions, not rewatching a video. Thus, Ive decided not to continue to go to the classroom videos, and instead watch on my own, still within the same schedule and in school because I like the accountability and discipline which that routine creates. Now, obviously I have some reservations, mainly I want to know if signing up for your Bar course is not recommended when a student is already taking another Bar Prep course such as Barbri. I think my main concern is whether I will have sufficient time to cover ideally both course materials (Barbri and yours) so that I can maximize my chances of passing. In other words, is you bar course supplemental or a full Bar course? And since you collect so much data, I guess a good way to answer this question is how previous students have done using both secular Bar course plus your bar course, and what was their opinion? Did they feel overwhelmed by the material? Where they able to cover at least 70% of both?

To answer the question, I reached out to a February 2017 subscriber who was enrolled in Barbri while also using my subscription site to prepare for the February 2017 UBE exam (he passed the February 2017 NY UBE exam with an MBE of 146.9 after failing the July 2016 NY UBE exam with an MBE of 136). The examinee’s response is below in bold.

I found your site by mere coincidence on a Barbri v. Pieper blog. Funny coincidence. I found Seperac the same way; one of those JD blog websites. So, I went through the same journey when I was researching bar prep courses. Be careful, the more you research and read comments, the more confusing it gets. I must have read (and written) hundreds of course comparisons and discussions. Unfortunately, it took me a while to finally realize the incredible value of Seperac’s website. The tips, tricks, research and conclusions you find in there you won’t find anywhere else. Not even in the lectures.

I must admit I am very intrigued by your SEPERAC method of Bar Prep. Currently, I am enrolled in Barbri Bar Prep. Today is actually Day 3, and already I have noticed that the classroom videos will not work for me because I find it more beneficial to watch the videos at my own pace, in order to grasp the material, take notes, and understand key concepts. I think it’s great you already know what type of learner you are. BTW, I watched Barbri’s lectures live too but from home. Good news is no distractions from other students. The bad news is you pause and break too much at home (unnecessarily) more than you should. As a result, your class goes from 3 hours to 4-5 hours all of the sudden. Was my biggest handicap. Later in the game, I found out listening to short MBE rules (Seperac’s mp3s) was more practical, more effective and less time consuming for me in terms of mastering the MBE part of the exam. Essentially it is cutting to the chase and simply master the most critical info required from you for the bar. On the other hand, with lectures, there is a lot of chit-chat going on which distract you from the real task at hand i.e. mastering the MBE.  

So far I have been going to class only to come home to rewatch the videos, and take my own extensive notes. Your method sounds like the Pieper method. The professor (I think a single guy gives all lectures/subjects) slowly dictates and students handwrite/type every single word and so forth. This is a monumental waste of time. You end up spending 2X than with a typical bar prep class such as Barbri (keep in mind it is already wasteful to sit for these classes). The big issue here is that such time is then taken away from your MBE practice (most powerful tool in your studies). So essentially, if you re-watch Barbri’s lectures, you are essentially spending the same amount of time as you would with Pieper but probably with worst results.

As a result, I am extremely sleep deprived and feel unproductive by going to class. Instead, when I get home I should be reviewing outlines and doing practice questions, not rewatching a video. You’re absolutely correct. Look, in terms of watching Barbri’s (or any other bar prep) lectures here’s my takeaway: unless the professor is super funny, likeable, eloquent, and extremely remarkable such as Prof. Franzese (Real Prop) or Prof. Freer (Civ Pro/Corps) and MAYBE Prof. Schechter (Torts), you will be wasting your time watching and re-watching videos. Full stop. Don’t gamble with your precious time by prioritizing these videos and taking notes like that. The first time I did that I absolutely regretted it. Later, I realized that the material would stick long-term more by reading/reviewing Seperac’s condensed outlines and/or MASTER docs (out loud as if you were the Professor). You end up re-writing those outlines in your style if you will, and in your own words. Sadly, if you were to watch the videos, there would be no time for that. Seperac’s outlines focus on the most important and nails it every single time. I found his predictions were astonishingly accurate. Better than any Professor’s gut feeling. I found that as one of the biggest advantages of having Seperac as my “insider guy” for the bar. I felt as if I was almost cheating or something!

Thus, Ive decided not to continue to go to the classroom videos, and instead watch on my own, still within the same schedule and in school because I like the accountability and discipline which that routine creates. Now, obviously I have some reservations, mainly I want to know if signing up for your Bar course is not recommended when a student is already taking another Bar Prep course such as Barbri. I think my main concern is whether I will have sufficient time to cover ideally both course materials (Barbri and yours) so that I can maximize my chances of passing. I see Seperac more like a holy grail of powerful Bar info, or as my “insider guy”, or as my “successful buddy who already passed the bar and has incredible tips, tricks and support for me before I go in and fully get immerse in the substantive studies and for later on whenever I need it”. Just to be clear, the first time I took the Bar and failed, my biggest mistake was to spend most of my time in class and taking notes. Then I found Seperac and followed his advice, realized about all the stupid mistakes I had made, and finally passed. Bottom line is I wish I had found Seperac much sooner.

In other words, is you bar course supplemental or a full Bar course? It’s both. Depending on how you decide to use it. I used it in a mixed fashion since I had Barbri’s textbooks, MBE practice questions, etc. For instance, instead of watching Barbri lectures (except the fun/remarkable ones as mentioned above) I used the Seperac’s mp3 materials (MBE Rules from previous exams, etc.). Instead of mastering the Conviser Mini Review I found more value in Seperac’s MASTER and MBE outlines because it is condensed and written in a certain way which makes it easier to read. You use Seperac’s website FIRST and as a priority because that time spent will save you time later. In other words, it will make you smarter and more efficient with your time allocation. So you get familiar with it and then you start attacking everything else, sort of following Barbri’s schedule in terms of when you review each subject, MBE questions, and so forth but all along hand in hand with your “insider buddy’s” overall guidance.

And since you collect so much data, I guess a good way to answer this question is how previous students have done using both secular Bar course plus your bar course, and what was their opinion? Did they feel overwhelmed by the material? Where they able to cover at least 70% of both? If you are studying full time and you decide to commit that much time to lectures, then I don’t see how one possibly could accomplish 70% for both. You have to get some quality sleep too! Specially with Barbri. All of those bar prep companies give you so much more non-essential stuff to do solely because they are charging you so much money for it. In other words, I guess that’s their way of giving you an “added value” Besides the app, MBE questions (not 100% of them though! watch out! Precisely from Seperac I learned this trick!), Conviser, etc., there is not much more juice to squeeze from it. They make it more complicated than it actually is! That’s why I decided to take the best out of each resource. From Seperac, I read the whole thing first, used it all along as a go-to guide (my Bar Bible), experimented with some tips and committed to what worked for me. Because of that, I was able to be more efficient with my time. That alone was a life saver for me.   

To cite another example. a repeater who subscribed in F17 and passed told me: “I have already cleared the rest of the exams, so I have to start the paperwork for the admission at the Bar. My total score was 289 and my MBE score was 144.0. I studied for the bar since December 2016, but I had failed the July exam for 0.5%!. I used Barbri as my main course preparation and very useful was the online tool they have to show you where you have to work more. That is how I connected your amazing package with my study. Wherever I would see that I need to work harder, I was studying your material and I was doing your Restatement questions, which are the closest anyone can find to the new bar exam we had on February. I also had access to many Themis and Kaplan tests, which despite being or because they were too different from what I had helped me to be more prepared for the actual exam. I also studied less the week of the exam and nothing the day before (imagine I had to travel from Athens, Greece to Bufallo NY!). I was doing almost 100 questions per day except one day which was free and another day when I was doing almost 200 questions. Essays I did used the Barbri material, but I had no time to do many essays, so I was reading the rest. Before I sleep, I was reading your outline to refresh my memory. Let me now if this was helpful. PS: I was swimming twice per week.”

How exactly does the UBE MASTER outline work?Answered 6/17.

Response Date: June 2017

Basically, I dissect the exam for subscribers to save them a good deal of time in their studies. The UBE MASTER outline is an excellent representation of both the MBE and MEE. Aside from the black letter law sections that cover the material I expect to be tested on the upcoming exam, I also include the issues that were tested on every past released MBE and MEE exam (going back 20 years consisting of 1,800+ MBE issues and 1,300+ MEE issues). For example, doing well on the MBE involves knowing both the past MBE law tested and the current MBE law tested. The past law tested is represented in the released NCBE MBE questions. I added MBE rules for these released NCBE questions to my UBE MASTER outline so examinee can more efficiently review the law behind these questions (and see all the law together). For example, to answer and review these released NCBE questions would take about 200 hours (2 minutes per question to read , and 5 minutes per question to review the answer and make a rule) while listening to an MP3 of these rules available on the subscription site would take 10 hours. Furthermore, the MEE issues in the outline contain links to the published MEE essay questions, so in other words, when you click the issue link, you can instantly can see the "facts" (in the questions) related to the particular issues along with the answer explanations. This is a very helpful and efficient way to study – by reading my outline, you have a complete set of information: the MBE/MEE black letter law, relevant hypotheticals, rules statements based on the 1,800+ released NCBE questions, the 1,300+ prior-tested MEE issues with the related facts and relevant answers and finally, topic summaries of those MEE answers for easy memorization/regurgitation.

The MBE black letter law sections of this outline should be your bible – each of the 175 pages is expected to represent one of the MBE questions on the J17 MBE. For example, based on the NBCE Subject Matter outline, the subject of Real Property consists of five categories: (1) Ownership; (2) Rights in Land; (3) Contracts; (4) Mortgages; and (5) Titles. Each category is equally weighted, meaning each category will represent 20% of your Real Property MBE score. However, if you look at the MBE outlines of the big bar reviews, you would not see anything remotely close to these proportions. For example, 44% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership) even though it is only 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Meanwhile, 7% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 3 (Contracts) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Likewise, 8% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 4 (Mortgages) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Kaplan and Themis are similar. For Kaplan, 45% of Kaplan's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership); 9% is based on category 3 (Contracts) and 9% is based on category 4 (Mortgages). For Themis, 36% of Themis' Real Property MBE outline is based on category 1 (Ownership); 9% is based on category 3 (Contracts) and 12% is based on category 4 (Mortgages). The average examinee gets about 18/25 correct on Real Property MBE questions. If you miss 50% of the category 3 (Contracts) and category 4 (Mortgages) MBE questions because your outline was 50% too small for those categories, that alone is about 5 MBE questions (which tranlates to 3-4 total UBE points). With my UBE MASTER outline, you won’t see such inefficiencies, except in rare cases (about 5% of the categories required more content than what proportionality dictated). My UBE MASTER outline covers the topics from the perspectives they will likely be tested on.

If you are reviewing a topic that you are familiar with (or it is designated low priority), there is less of a need to visit the hyperlinks to see how the issues were tested on the MEE. However, when you encounter a topic you are having trouble with (or it is designated high priority), the hyperlinks allow you to instantly see all the permutations of how that topic was tested in the past. Often, seeing the application of the law in the questions is far more helpful than reviewing the black letter law on its own. Examples are how you learn to better synthesize/analyze the law. My outline consists of thousands of of examples (from past MBE/MEE questions and others). Put simply, if an outline does not have good examples, it is not a good outline.

Following is the official explanation of the UBE MASTER outline contained in its Introduction section:

Using this outline is fairly intuitive, but if you want to fully understand its benefits, please continue reading this Introduction section. At a minimum, examinees should read about how to use the hyper-links because they enable you to utilize other resources to supplement your studies.

The Seperac UBE MASTER outline contains the following features:

The UBE MASTER outline is keyed to the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outline
Each year, NCBE provides a subject matter outline that indicates the MBE and MEE’s scope of coverage. According to NCBE, the test items for each MBE and MEE exam are developed from these categories. The UBE MASTER outline is specifically keyed to the most recent NCBE outline to cover all the items NCBE regards as testable. Both outlines share the same categorical divisions – the UBE MASTER outline contains 358 categories based on the ABC-level items in the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outline. Thus, you will be seeing the categories the same way NCBE wants you to see them.

By strictly adhering to the NCBE Subject Matter outline categorizations, the MBE content in the UBE MASTER outline is proportionally and contextually balanced. For example, based on the 2017 NBCE Subject Matter outline, the subject of Real Property consists of five categories: (1) Ownership; (2) Rights in Land; (3) Contracts; (4) Mortgages; and (5) Titles. Each category is equally weighted, meaning each category will represent 20% of your Real Property MBE score. However, if you look at the MBE outlines of the big bar reviews, you would not see anything remotely close to these proportions. For example, 44% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership) even though it is only 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Meanwhile, 7% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 3 (Contracts) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Likewise, 8% of Barbri's Real Property outline is based on category 4 (Mortgages) even though it is 20% of an examinee's MBE score. Kaplan is similar – 45% of Kaplan's Real Property outline is based on category 1 (Ownership); 9% is based on category 3 (Contracts) and 9% is based on category 4 (Mortgages).

In contrast, the UBE MASTER outline is designed to have 25 pages of black letter law per MBE subject with each page intended to represent 1 MBE question (e.g. for Criminal Law/Procedure, 12 of the 25 pages are on the Constitutional Protection of Accused Persons making it 7% of the UBE MASTER OUTLINE since it is expected to be 7% of your MBE score). Thus, the black letter law sections of the UBE MASTER OUTLINE will appropriately tell you what to expect on the upcoming exam (both contextually and proportionally), while the built-in MBE rules and MEE issues will tell you what was tested on the past. This is about as complete a picture as you can have of the current MBE exam. Furthermore, when you study based on the priorities, you will not be spending too much time on the past, or too little time on the current.

NOTE: Of the 168 MBE ABC categories in the UBE MASTER outline, about 5% of them are longer than their expected content based on my 175 MBE question/175 page methodology. It was necessary to do this to cover all the material that may be tested on the MBE for that ABC category.

The UBE MASTER outline is intended to be your MBE study bible
Examinees should treat the UBE MASTER outline as their personal MBE study bible. I strongly believe there is no better representation of the current MBE than this outline in as condensed a format. You should assume that each page of black letter law (which will sometimes span multiple pages depending on the number of corresponding MBE Rules/MEE issues) will represent 1 of the 175 graded questions you will see on the MBE. Thus, if there is a part of the outline you don’t understand pertaining to an MBE issue, you must review/research it to understand it. The MBE tests both past topics and new current topics and this outline is intended to help you with both. The past MBE topics are reflected in the built-in MBE rules (I wrote synopses of the law for each of the 1,800+ released NCBE questions – these are the same questions in Adaptibar/Strategies & Tactics, Barmax, etc.). The past topics and new current topics are reflected in the black letter law sections of the outline. I devote one page of black letter law (font size of 10 – feel free to increase it if you find it too small) to what I expect to represent one MBE question on the exam. Thus, there are approximately 175 pages of black letter law for the 7 MBE subjects, plus the built in MBE and MEE issues. The past topics and new current topics are also reflected in the built-in MEE issues (over past 400 MEE issues related to the 7 MBE subjects) because past MEE issues have been turned into MBE questions (especially with Civil Procedure). Accordingly, knowing the past tested MEE issues will help you on the MBE. Finally, the outline is highly prioritized. It is sorted by subject based on how much each subject is expected to contribute to your final score (both in context of the MBE and MEE). It is further prioritized by category so that you study the MEE topics expected to be repeated before you study any MEE topics not expected to be repeated. Put simply, the better you understand the MBE portion of this outline, the better you should score on the MBE and the more likely you will pass the exam.
One of the most important aspects of these outlines is the priorities. As I explain in detail below, the priorities enable examinees to study based on how much each category is expected to contribute to their score. If you are studying full time (8-9 hours per day for 6-7 days per week), then you should follow the study-time recommendations for each category (e.g. study 3x a week, 2x a week, 1x a week, 1x every two weeks, or 1x every month). If you are studying part-time (or you are using this material only to supplement your full-bar review), you should adjust the study-time proportionally. Studying this outline based on the assigned priorities should lead to the most efficient outcome on the upcoming UBE exam.

The UBE MASTER outline is a “dense” condensed outline. Due to the wide range of content that can be tested on the MBE and MEE, a denser outline is the more appropriate choice to study for upcoming exam issues. For example, a subscriber who scored a 174 on the MBE in NY and then a 177 on the MBE in NJ told me: “… as far as the MBE is concerned, your outlines have been most useful since you emphasize the fine distinctions.” Furthermore, I determined that there are fewer “repeat” topics on the MEE as compared to the pre-UBE essays, necessitating the need for a broader/denser overall outline. In categorizing every single topic tested on the MEE since 1995, I determined that out of the 798 individual topics tested on the past 44 MEE exams, 519 of these topics were tested just once (65%) while 279 of these topics were tested more than once (35%). I then broadened the scope by looking at the ABC Categories (there are 358 ABC categories based on the NCBE subject matter outlines). Out of the 358 ABC categories, 247 categories have been tested on the MEE since 1995, meaning 111 ABC categories have not been tested yet. In regards to the 247 ABC categories that have been tested, 61 of the categories have been tested only once (25%), while 186 of the categories have been tested more than once (75%). Thus, one is much better able to 'predict' what ABC categories will appear rather than individual topics. Put simply, if my outline was based solely on previously tested MEE topics (which is what the pre-unified MASTER outline did), it would directly cover only about 35% of an upcoming MEE exam (based only on specific topics).

The UBE MASTER outline is designed for combined MBE and MEE study

The MBE and MEE are too intertwined to be studied for separately. For example, MBE issues are tested on the MEE and MEE issues are tested on the MBE (especially for Civil Procedure). Furthermore, the MBE subjects often represent the majority of MEE questions. For example, on the July 2016 UBE exam, 68% of an examinee's MEE score (which is 30% of the total UBE score) came from MBE subjects (meaning 70% of an examinee’s total UBE score came from the 7 MBE subjects). On the Feb 2017 UBE exam, these percentages flip-flopped and 33% of an examinee's MEE score came from MBE subjects (meaning 60% of an examinee’s total UBE score came from the 7 MBE subjects). I expect NCBE’s testing of the MEE specific subjects on the MEE to wax and wane from exam to exam – on some exams a majority of the MEE will be based on the MEE specific subjects whereas other MEE exams will consist mainly of MBE subjects. However, to handle such a variance between exams, a unified MBE/MEE outline is necessary.  Thus, I merged all my individual outlines into a single outline – this UBE MASTER outline, and then appropriately prioritized it so that examinees study exactly how much each category is worth to their total UBE score. For each ABC category (169 MBE/MEE ABC categories and 189 MEE categories for a total of 358 different categories) contained in the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outlines, I outline what I regard as the relevant black letter law (along with hypotheticals and examples) followed by the relevant MBE rules and MEE issues for that category, along with a link to any MEE MASTER topic summaries.

If you attempt to study for the MEE using a separate outline, you are likely to duplicate your efforts and inefficiently over-study certain areas. The UBE MASTER outline enables you to study for both the MBE and the MEE at the same time by taking into account how much each category is expected to contribute to both your MBE score AND your MEE score. Combined study is also facilitated by the embedded MBE rules and MEE issues. As such, you will not only be able to know the importance of each of the 358 testable ABC categories, but you will also see exactly how the categories have been tested each time on the MEE/MBE over the past 20+ years (based on the released MBE and MEE questions). This helps examinees construct their MBE/MEE knowledge by not only reading/studying the relevant black letter law, but also efficiently seeing how it has been tested by NCBE. Examinees that have difficulty retaining the wide range of testable content can focus on the HIGH to MEDIUM priority topics which should represent 50%-70% of their total UBE score.

The more efficiently you study for the MBE/MEE portions of the exam, the more time you will have to divert to MBE practice. Examinees that do well on the MBE generally pass. Examinees that fail the exam usually did not do well on the MBE (almost always below the median MBE for the administration). Doing well on the MBE is partly a function of time – if you don’t have a lot of time to spend studying/practicing for it, it is hard to do well on it. While study for the other components of the exam can be “abbreviated” to some extent, MBE study really can’t be given short-shrift, nor can MBE answers be “bluffed” as with the MEE. The main purpose of this outline and relying on the priorities is to allow for abbreviated study so examinees are able to divert that extra time to MBE studying/practice.

Categorized and prioritized MBE rules for the 1,800+ released NCBE MBE questions from 1991 to present are built into the UBE MASTER outline

To do well on the MBE, examinees should first become familiar with the law tested on past MBE questions. If you have the time, you should answer and review the 1,800+ released NCBE questions (I discuss this in depth on the MBE Study page). Reviewing these 1,800+ released NCBE questions takes about 150-200 hours (assuming 1.8 minutes to read each question and 5 minutes to review each answer explanation and write a rule). For examinees that don’t have the time to do this (e.g. you are following your full bar review course syllabus and using their questions or you are studying part-time), I wrote rules for these 1,800+ questions (from the 1991 NCBE exams all the way up to the 2017 NCBE sample questions). A word document of these rules is 130 pages long. I also created a MBE Rules MP3 of these 1,800+ questions which is about 10 hours long. While it is always better to do the questions (to practice your reading comprehension and dealing with distractors), if you are short on time, this is an excellent alternative method to acquire the black letter law behind what NCBE has tested in the past in a very efficient way. More so, these rules are prioritized based on my priorities for the upcoming exam. Therefore, the rules are broken down into 36 ranked categories (representing the 36 MBE categories in the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outlines) to enable examinees to study the most important categories (that will contribute the most to the examinee’s MBE score) before studying the least important MBE categories. Thus, if you are very short on time, this is an excellent way to pick up the most important law in the least amount of time.

Please note that studying these rules is only one part of your overall MBE study. While the law behind past NCBE questions will give you insight into some of the legal concepts you can expect to see on the upcoming MBE, they are not always representative. For example, out of the 1,800+ released NCBE questions, there are only two questions on Double Jeopardy (1/10 of 1% of the questions). In contrast, Double Jeopardy is tested fairly frequently on the current MBE (I expect it to represent about 1% of your total MBE score). Basically, the entire area of Constitutional Protection of Accused Persons is under-represented in the released NCBE questions (it is just 3% of the 1,800 NCBE questions, but expected to be 7% of your MBE score). To cite another example, the Rule of Perpetuities (from the Real Property subcategory of Special Problems) represents about 1% of the released NCBE questions, but on the upcoming exam, I expect this subcategory to be tested substantially less. Thus, if your MBE study is based only on the law behind the released NCBE MBE questions, you will be under-prepared for some areas and over-prepared for others. Accordingly, subscribers must study the black-letter law in the UBE MASTER outline in tandem with these MBE rules. By seeing the rules associated with the black letter law, it will make it easier to understand the law (remember, knowledge is constructed).

The MBE rules are listed in order of importance. The OPE 1-4 rules (listed first) are the most important for you to know. For example, if you go to the section of the outline for Torts: Negligence: Standard of Care, you will see rules for the 37 standard of care questions tested on the released MBE questions from 1991-2017 sorted in order of importance. Thus, if you are very limited on time (let’s say because you put a lot of time into MBE practice), rather than studying all the rules separately, you can study them as you are studying the black letter law in the UBE MASTER outline, and you can further choose to focus on only the most important rules. As you answer MBE practice questions, you can also add your own rules to these sections to further enhance their understanding of each category. By maintaining all your rules in the UBE MASTER outline, you will have everything important contained in one single logical place.

Categorized and prioritized MEE issue statements for 400+ NCBE MEE issues from 2007 to present are built into the MBE sections of the UBE MASTER outline

In making the UBE MASTER outline (which involved examining every single MEE issue ever tested), I found that topics tested on the MEE that pertain to MBE subjects are also tested on the MBE. This makes sense, as NCBE probably uses MEE fact patterns to construct MBE questions and vice versa. This is especially true with the subject of Civil Procedure (which was added to the MBE in 2015) probably because NCBE needed to create a large pool of questions for the MBE so it likely went to the best source it had – prior MEE questions going back 44 MEE exams. As such, examinees should be looking at MEE issues when studying for the MBE and at MBE issues when studying for the MEE – this outline enables you to do so. You can also add notes in the boxes at the end of each category. This is a great place to put your MBE rules that pertain to that category or any MEE issues you encounter. Issue spotting is very important for the MEE, so you want to track this information to better help you on the exam.

Over 1,000+ hypotheticals and examples for the 7 MBE subjects are built into the UBE MASTER outline

Examinees learn by example. Accordingly, there are over 1,000 hypotheticals, tips and examples for the seven MBE subjects. The hypotheticals are detailed examples that are separately identified and appear in a yellow box with the prefix HYPO. The tips also appear in yellow boxes with the prefix TIP. The examples are less detailed parentheticals that start with (e.g.). Taking into account that the 1,800+ embedded MBE rules and 1,300+ MEE issues which also serve as examples, this UBE MASTER outline essentially contains almost 4,000 examples of the law to facilitate your understanding of it.

Drilling it down even further, I highlight what I regard as the topical areas of greater importance

For some categories, I highlight in yellow highlighting any topics or areas that I regard as more likely to be tested on the upcoming exam. This is based on my own personal opinion of which topics may be of greater importance (no statistical analysis is involved in this). I suggest you devote a little more time studying the highlighted areas as opposed to the non-highlighted areas, but you really should rely on the priorities contained in the outline topic headers more than the yellow highlighted areas.

Each MBE category is prioritized for the upcoming MBE

The UBE MASTER outline is sorted in order of subject priority. For example, an MBE subject that is not expected to contribute to your MEE score will appear lower in the outline than an MBE subject that is expected to contribute to your MEE score. Within these subjects, each ABC category is further prioritized. The MBE consists of 175 graded questions based on seven subjects (25 questions per subject). The MBE portion of the UBE MASTER outline consists of 169 MBE categories. However, while one would think that each category should reflect approximately one MBE question on the exam, they do not. In contrast, some categories will represent multiple MBE questions on the exam while other categories will represent no questions. Each category heading will tell you how many MBE questions you can expect on the exam based on the priorities of HIGH, MED and LOW. For example, if a category has an MBE-MEE priority of HIGH, this category is HIGH priority for both the MBE and MEE. If a category has an MBE-MEE priority of HIGH-MED, this category is HIGH priority for the MBE and MEDIUM priority for the MEE. A HIGH priority MBE category means that there will generally be 2 or more MBE questions from this category on the upcoming MBE exam. A MED priority MBE category means that there will generally be 1 or more MBE questions from this category. A LOW priority MBE category means there will be 0-1 MBE questions tested from this category on the upcoming MBE. Thus, if you are an examinee very limited on study time, you may wish to ignore the LOW priority MBE categories since those areas may or may not be tested on the upcoming MBE. Otherwise, you should simply study based on the study-time allocations.

Each MEE category is prioritized for the upcoming MEE

Everyone studies differently and certain study methods do not work for certain people. However, if you subscribed, you probably agree with the philosophy that you should study the MEE topics most likely to appear (and avoid the MEE topics least likely to appear) in order to increase your chances of passing the exam. In my analysis of bar exam essay topics over the past ten years, I have concluded that you cannot predict the essay topics for an upcoming exam – you can only assess topic priorities. The MASTER priorities use statistical analysis to determine which topics are not likely to appear on the upcoming exam. I strongly believe that this is the most efficient way an examinee can study for the bar exam. I put a good deal of time into determining the MASTER priorities for each exam – the priorities go far beyond simply looking at the frequency of appearance of a topic. For the MEE, a topic cannot appear on every exam and the MASTER priorities try to account for that. Since the entire MEE exam may consist of only 25 topics spread across 6 MEE questions, knowing just 4-5 more topics better than a typical examinee due to the MEE MASTER prioritizations can help you immensely on the exam.

Since examinees are taking a calculated risk by following these MEE priorities, I prepare a detailed post-exam analysis of MASTER for each administration it was used (16 administrations so far) to enable examinees (and myself) to better assess that risk. I also publish an even more detailed post-exam analysis on the subscription site after each exam. I know that many examinees rely on me to give them good information, so I regard it as bar review malpractice to not examine and report on the effectiveness of the information I provide:
https://seperac.com/bar/analysis.php

After I develop the statistical methodologies for the priorities, I test how these conditions would have worked on past exams. This “scenario testing” serves as a confirmation that the priorities are on point. If this was not the case, I would never release a prioritized list and tell examinees to rely on it. As stated above, I regard it as bar review malpractice to give advice to someone that requires them to take significant calculated risks in their studying unless it is strongly supported by the data. The priorities may sometimes seem illogical (i.e. a frequently appearing topic has a low priority or a rarely appearing topic has a high priority). However, every priority is based on a logical set of criteria to establish its priority. The determination of MASTER priorities is strictly formula based – I do not make any subjective assessments. Accordingly, the MASTER priorities are reactive – if the examiners modify how they select previously tested topics, the MASTER priorities change accordingly. Often, I am not even aware of the current priority of a specific topic since my opinion plays no role in the determination of the priorities. Even though the bar examiners may "shake things up" occasionally, there still needs to be an overall consistency to essay topic selection. Put simply, the more inconsistent the examiners are with essay topic selection, the less likely the exam will determine an applicant’s proficiency. For example, if a large number of obscure topics were tested, most examinees would do poorly on them, making it harder to distinguish applicants sufficiently to determine who is qualified versus unqualified.

Please keep in mind that the priorities in this UBE MASTER outline are specific to the JULY 2017 exam only. For example, if you test the priorities in the current MASTER against the immediately preceding bar exam, the priorities would be inaccurate. In the past, an average of 30% of the priorities change between each exam (in some cases, up to 50%). Thus, always rely on the topic’s priority rather than the topic's frequency of appearance.
Again, MASTER doesn't predict what topics will appear on the next exam - it simply prioritizes the topics to indicate which topics are not likely to appear. Studying based on these time allocations will not ensure that you will fully understand each category - the purpose of these time allocations is to ensure that you do not over-study a particular category. However, by studying based on these priorities, I strongly believe you put yourself in the best position to pass through proportionate learning. Once I determine how much something is worth towards your total score, that is how much study-time it warrants – any more than that and you are being inefficient. Inefficiency in studying is sometimes unavoidable, but I go to a lot of effort to make your studying as efficient as possible.

This outline contains navigation links and other layout designs to facilitate more effective studying and review.
The SEPERAC UBE MASTER OUTLINE is essentially comprised of three separate word documents. To utilize the links in the SEPERAC UBE MASTER OUTLINE, you must download all three files and keep them in the same directory. Do not rename the files (make sure they don’t get renamed by your device when you download them) or put them in different directories or the links won’t work:

SEPERAC-J17 EXAM-UBE MASTER OUTLINE – A 495 page outline containing black letter law outlines for the 14 MBE/MEE subjects that is keyed to the 2017 NCBE Subject Matter outlines and broken down into 358 different categories. There are MBE/MEE priorities for each of the 358 testable categories. If the category has been tested on a released MBE or MEE exam, every associated MBE rule or MEE issue is reported after the black letter law section (based on 1,800+ MBE rules and 1,300+ MEE issues from the past 20+ years). The MEE issues section for each category also contains hyperlinks that will take you to the relevant MEE MASTER topic summaries for that category or to the MEE answer for that issue. This outline is fully up to date for the July 2017 exam, meaning it reflects the recent NCBE changes to Real Property topics and Evidence priorities.

SEPERAC-J17 EXAM-MEE MASTER-TOPIC SUMMARIES – A 200+ page outline containing prioritized summaries/synopses of the legal principles tested on the MEE exam since 1995. The topics are categorized based on the ABC subcategories contained in the NCBE Subject Matter outlines. The categories are sorted based on priority for the upcoming exam (highest priority first, then medium priority, then low priority). These generic paragraphs not only explain the relevant law, but can also be used to speed the writing process on the exam (even to bluff your way through parts of a question).

SEPERAC-J17 EXAM-MEE MASTER-RELEASED ANSWER COMPILATION – This Compilation outline (1,530 pages) is based on the last 45 MEE exams and contains 303 MEE questions. Each MEE question is followed by the NCBE Answer Analysis (and more recent questions also have the best examinee answers from other states). The MEE questions in this Compilation are grouped by priority (based on the SEPERAC MASTER priorities and other criteria) with the most important questions/answers first. The Compilation also identifies every single issue tested on every single essay – this can be used to check whether your issue-spotting is on point when you are outlining.
 
After this Introduction section, the next section is the Table of Contents. The Table of Contents is Hyper-Linked, meaning that if you hold down the CTRL key and click on a category, you will jump to that category. In addition, each of the categories tested on the MEE is hyper-linked to the SEPERAC MEE MASTER TOPIC SUMMARIES document while every MEE issue is hyper-linked to the SEPERAC MEE MASTER RELEASED ANSWER COMPILATION so that you can quickly see how the topic was answered in each exam where the topic appeared. You can also jump around the outline using the Word Navigation Pane (go to View, and then mark the check box to show the “Navigation Pane” or “Document Map”). Utilizing the hyperlinked Table of Contents or Microsoft Word’s Navigation Pane, you can essentially jump to any subject, question or answer instantly. Furthermore, you can use the table of contents as a checklist of the issues related to each category.

For each category in the SEPERAC UBE MASTER OUTLINE, the first section is the black letter law section that examinees should strive to memorize. Each category header reports a priority of LOW, MED, or HIGH. The headers are color-coded based on their priority: BLUE=HIGH PRIORITY, GREEN=MEDIUM PRIORITY and ORANGE=LOW PRIORITY (you can read more about the prioritization rationale and methodology on the subscription site). Each category priority tells you how often the category should be studied. If you are studying full time and using this material as your primary source of study, you should follow these priorities religiously.

For the 169 MBE categories, the next section is the MBE rule section. For each released NCBE MBE question from 1991 to present that was tested on that category, there is an MBE rule I wrote that synopsizes the legal issue being tested in that question. For example, the heading for the rule section may appear as follows:

MBE Issues Tested on Jurisdiction – Federal SMJ

There are 1600+ MBE rules in the UBE MASTER outline encompassing the 1991, 1992, 1998 MBE exam books, the OPE 1-4 questions and other sample questions. If you are limited in MBE practice time, studying these rules is a great way to pick up the legal knowledge without having to go through the trouble of answering these questions. Since the older MBE questions are more straight-forward than the current MBE questions, you really don’t need to answer these questions from a practice point of view, but you still want to know the laws tested because this is what NCBE regards as important.

Next, for the MBE/MEE categories that have been tested on the MEE, there is an MEE Issues Tested section. The header for the section appears as follow:

MEE Topic Summaries: Jurisdiction – Federal SMJ

These headings are hyperlinked. This means if you press CTRL and click on the link, you will be taken to the appropriate topic summary in the SEPERAC MEE MASTER TOPIC SUMMARIES document. You should click on these links if you are still have problems understanding a category (especially a HIGH priority category) and when you need to begin studying for the MEE. If you still don’t understand something after reading the MEE MASTER topic summaries, you can read the issue links below the topic heading to see how the topic was tested since 1995 (and the outcome). If this still doesn’t explain the topic to you, you can click on any of the issue links to take you to the exact part of the essay answer where the issue is explained. The hyperlinks to the MEE answers are available to give you insight into the analysis involved with each question (what facts are used and discussed).

For the MEE, issue spotting is paramount, so either read/study the MEE issues built into the UBE MASTER outline or use the MEE Quick Review outline (if you don't have the time for the full MEE questions and Answer Analyses or the full MP3s). In writing bar exam essays, knowing the black letter law is not enough – you also need to know how it is applied. The UBE MASTER outline lets you do a full review of the MEE quickly and efficiently by seeing the black letter law together with the tested issues. Furthermore, knowing how the issue was tested helps immensely in issue spotting. It is this type of efficiency that enables examinees to accomplish essay study sooner and devote that saved time to the MBE.

The issues are color coded, so you know the result after you read the issue question. This color coding is designed to enable you to study more efficiently by seeing the answer in color. If the answer to the issue is in the Affirmative, the answer appears in GREEN. If the answer to the issue is in the Negative, the answer appears in RED. If the answer to the issue is neutral or cannot be answered definitively, the answer appears in BLUE. To go to the full MEE answer, simply press the CTRL key and click on the hyperlinked issue prefix (e.g. 2015-FEB-Q1-P1). There are hyper-links for all 1,271 issues tested on the MEE since 1995. Whether you click on a link (to read the essay answer in the SEPERAC MEE MASTER RELEASED ANSWER COMPILATION document) should depend on the point value of the issue. For example, if the point value of the issue is below 25% (this percentage appears after the hyperlinked issue prefix), then there is less of a need to look at the corresponding essay answer. However, the higher the point value of the topic, the more often you should review the issue answers by clicking on the issue links.

According to NCBE’s MEE Instructions, on the MEE you must: “[d]emonstrate your ability to reason and analyze. Each of your answers should show an understanding of the facts, a recognition of the issues included, a knowledge of the applicable principles of law, and the reasoning by which you arrive at your conclusions. The value of your answer depends not as much upon your conclusions as upon the presence and quality of the elements mentioned above.” This unified UBE MASTER outline is specifically designed to help you with each of these elements of a good MEE answer.

Your ability to “show an understanding of the facts” will be developed through reading the MEE answers and seeing how the facts were discussed. You will be able to do this efficiently because hyperlinks to the specific MEE questions are built into the SEPERAC UBE MASTER OUTLINE. Through the MASTER priorities (contained in all three documents), you will learn these questions on a prioritized basis – the facts most likely to re-appear are designated as such. There is no guess-work involved here – start with the first essay and work your way down.

Your ability to “[recognize] the issues” will be developed by reading the issue links and understanding how the issues have been presented for each topic in past MEE questions. One of the significant benefits of UBE MASTER are the embedded MBE rules and MEE issue links. There is no other available bar exam resource that takes every released MBE and MEE issue and groups the issues based on the legal principle of law being tested in the issue. This enables an examinee to quickly see how the issue was brought up in the past questions, so the examinee will be prepared to identify the issue in future questions.

Your ability to demonstrate a “knowledge of the applicable principles of law” will be developed by studying UBE MASTER based on priority, thereby being very familiar with the principles of law most likely to appear and least familiar with the principles of law least likely to appear. In addition, the MEE MASTER answer summaries are more comprehensive than just the black letter law. Where possible, I also explain the purpose of the law. As such, when you write your response, you can illustrate to the grader that you not only know the black letter law, but that you also understand it.

Finally, you will “[d]emonstrate your ability to reason and analyze” by reviewing the NCBE Answer Analyses which do an excellent job of showing how to analyze an MEE essay. In addition, the best examinee answers from other states serve as good examples of proper reasoning and analysis. By analyzing representative good answers, examinees will learn to write passing MEE essays by example. These best examinee answers provide insight as to what type of writing and how much knowledge and analysis is required for an above average score that is not at the level of the released NCBE Answer Analyses. I regard the process of reviewing the past MEE essays (and their associated issues) as very important. Much like the recently released MBE questions (OPE 1-4) reflect the current MBE, the recently released MEE questions reflect the current MEE. Since the cost to purchase the 2012-2017 MEEs from NCBE is $150, unless an examinee obtains these questions from their bar review, a number of examinees will be unfamiliar with them, giving you an advantage on the MEE. Reading, listening to, outlining, and answering these MEE essays will teach you how to compose an MEE answer that the bar examiners are looking for.

This outline is editable to facilitate more effective studying and review.
I release the UBE MASTER outline as an editable word document to allow examinees to supplement it. For example, you can add your own pieces of law, highlight areas you need to study better, or even add your own MBE rules in the MBE rule section for each ABC category. Accordingly, you may decide to copy your MBE rules into this outline (by adding them to the existing rules) rather than using a separate MBE Rules outline. If you plan to edit the documents, I suggest that you “Track Changes” in the documents so that you can see easily identify your additions and changes.

As subscriber, you are agreeing to the Purchase Agreement. Therefore, you cannot share/sell/disseminate the subscription site materials or advice without my written consent. I sincerely believe that if you use these materials as directed, you will improve your odds of passing the bar exam. However, the more examinees that use these materials, the lower everyone's chances of passing. By keeping subscriptions limited to a small percentage of examinees, there is also less incentive for the bar examiners to purposefully change the exam to counter topic priorities when only a small number of examinees are relying on them, especially when deliberately changing their exam methodology may have unintended consequences on the majority of examinees who are unaware of the priorities (e.g. adding more low priority topics could cause examinees who normally would pass to fail).

If an examinee shares the material or information on this subscription site, they are doing it to their detriment. Examinees must recognize that all the information on the subscription site is designed to increase your probability of passing the exam, so sharing that information with anyone decreases that probability. Thanks to the internet, sharing this material/information with just one person can have the unintended effect of it being subsequently shared with hundreds of examinees who are all competing for the same license. Examinees must keep in mind that licensure exams act as a form of economic protectionism since a bar exam "passing score" arbitrarily sets a limit on the number of attorneys licensed in a jurisdiction. An examinee that scores a 264 on the New York UBE exam is probably just as qualified to practice law as an examinee who scores a 266, but only one of these examinees will be admitted to the bar. Put simply, if the seven current justices of the New York Court of Appeals were the only persons to sit for the upcoming New York UBE exam, at least two of the justices would fail the exam based on the cut score (and probably more due to a poor MBE showing).

Do you have a bank of graded essays/MPTs? Updated answer 2/18.

Response Date: February 2018

Yes, the subscriptions contains banks of graded essays/MPTs called the MEE and MPT Comparisons depending on the subscription.

I frequently talk about how I try to make this subscription site a gap-filler where I create study materials that are useful, efficient and unique. The MEE and MPT Comparisons are a perfect example of this. Each MEE/MPT Comparison is an essay bank of graded MEE or MPT answers for a particular administration - this is an excellent resource that does not exist anywhere else. For example, following are small samples of the February and July 2010 MPT comparisons:

FEB 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE


JULY 2010 MPT COMPARISON SAMPLE

In these MPT comparisons, each submitted MPT is compared to every other submitted MPT. For example, in the above July 2010 sample, there are 10 comparisons based on 3 examinee essays and the two released above average answers. On the subscription site, for the July 2010 exam, for each MPT, there are 1,596 comparisons based on 55 examinee MPTs and the two released above average answers. For the February 2011 exam, for each MPT, there are 465 comparisons based on 29 examinee MPTs and the two released above average answers. I feel this analysis is invaluable for examinees to quickly and efficiently discover "what works" versus "what doesn't work" on the MPT. The reason essays are released by NY BOLE is so examinees can identify deficiencies in their essays. In a 1995 bill to bill to amend the Judiciary Law, the bill stated that it is in New York State's "best interest to insure that all bar applicants are given an equal opportunity to pass the NYS Bar Examination. Disclosure of past testing materials and applicant examinations allow prospective attorneys to become aware of testing subject matter and methodology so that otherwise qualified attorneys are not defeated in their attempts to pass the bar examination."

When you look at the text comparison, you start to see the commonality in language with high scoring answers – in a sense this trains you to include the same language in similar essays. The PDF comparisons (where you view the actual PDFs of the answers side by side) let you see each essay’s layout, structure, and formatting so you can visually learn how to emulate the high scoring answers (and conversely, avoid the styles of the low scoring answers). For example, one examinee (non-subscriber) who failed F15 told me: "I did much better on my essays this time due in large part to your comparison tool. I found that to be extremely helpful." For the F15 exam, this examinee's 5-Essay average was 53.74 (a passing essay average for the Feb 2015 exam was 51.43). Based on 196 submitted score reports, this 5-Essay average was ranked 9/196 (this means the examinee had a 5-Essay average better than 95.4% of the examinees that sent me their Feb 2015 score information). In July 2014, this examinee had a 5-Essay average was 45.22 (a passing essay average for the July 2014 exam was 47.83). Based on 315 submitted score reports, this 5-Essay average was ranked 131/315 (which was better than 58.4% of the examinees that sent me their July 2014 scores).

In a March 2014 article entitled "It Should Be About Feedback and Revision" by J. Elizabeth Clark, an English professor at LaGuardia Community College who wrote that "[h]igh-stakes essay writing is about learning to game the system. Good test takers are just that: Students who learned the rules of the game, often through expensive test-prep courses that disadvantage poor and at-risk students. Those with greater access to coaches and materials and practice do better on the exam, but that does not mean they are better writers." These MEE and MPT Comparisons are an excellent way for examinees to learn "the rules of the game." Put simply, there is no other resource available that enables examinees to compare and contrast a number of graded MEEs/MPTs. Please use this to your advantage, especially if you do not have the time to practice many MEEs/MPTs.

Is a subscription helpful for any UBE state. Answered 6/17.

Response Date: June 2017

I realize your subscription is geared towards the NY bar exam, but is it helpful for any UBE state? I'm mostly interested in general legal principles for studying.


My site is geared for the NY UBE exam, but since the UBE is a uniform exam, all the information/materials are applicable to UBE examinees in other states. If I calculate scaling or mention statistics, they are usually pertaining to New York, although this is changing as I am now starting to receive scores and essays from examinees in other UBE states. However, even when I refer to NY statistics, they are usually relatable to other states. For example, although UBE Score Estimator is primarily based on New York bar examinee statistics, a lot of non-New York UBE examinees told me it accurately predicted their results.

Do you provide MBE questions?Answered 6/17.

Response Date: June 2017

No, I do not provide MBE questions on the full subscription site. Instead, I offer advice on the best MBE practice questions to use along with materials and advice that will help you substantially with the MBE. First, I tell subscribers the best MBE practice questions to use (and in what order) based on my extensive review of MBE practice questions over the years and followups with examinees. For most examinees, doing MBE practice questions is critical to their exam success (assuming the MBE practice questions are of sufficient difficulty and representative of the topics tested). Your MBE practice scores will also give you the most insight as to whether or not you will pass the exam. Thus, if you are answering questions of sufficient difficulty which are representative of the topics tested and tracking your % correct, you can use this information to adjust your study. For example, if your testing on these questions is not within a certain range, I offer alternative exam strategies.

Next, I provide the UBE MASTER outline along with a lot of useful MBE materials that are not offered by any other bar review. The subscription site is intended to act as a gap-filler. For example, in my review of the MBE, I determined that the MBE sometimes tests concepts directly from the Restatements and seminal cases (if I had to guess, it is maybe 10-20% of the MBE). Thus, I licensed the Restatements and selected the scenarios I regarded as relevant to the current MBE to make 600+ short answer questions (called MBE Flashcard exams). While these MBE Flashcard exams do not contain Civil Procedure (to fill this gap, I recommend to subscribers the best Civil Procedure materials based on the advice of examinees who scored high on the subject), you should still find them very helpful. For example, in post-exam followups with subscribers, I ask them to specify any supplemental bar review materials, courses or tutors they used for the exam and rank them in their order of effectiveness. A subscriber with an MBE score of 137.2 on the July 2016 UBE exam told me: “Seperac (quiz, mp3s, flashcards) Kaplan Mock Exams (too easy) Adaptibar (too simplistic) Critical Flashcards (better to do them alone)” In a F17 post-exam follow-up, a repeater who subscribed in F17 and passed told me: “I have already cleared the rest of the exams, so I have to start the paperwork for the admission at the Bar. My total score was 289 and my MBE score was 144.0. I studied for the bar since December 2016, but I had failed the July exam for 0.5%!. I used Barbri as my main course preparation and very useful was the online tool they have to show you where you have to work more. That is how I connected your amazing package with my study. Wherever I would see that I need to work harder, I was studying your material and I was doing your Restatement questions, which are the closest anyone can find to the new bar exam we had on February. I also had access to many Themis and Kaplan tests, which despite being or because they were too different from what I had helped me to be more prepared for the actual exam. I also studied less the week of the exam and nothing the day before (imagine I had to travel from Athens, Greece to Bufallo NY!). I was doing almost 100 questions per day except one day which was free and another day when I was doing almost 200 questions. Essays I did used the Barbri material, but I had no time to do many essays, so I was reading the rest. Before I sleep, I was reading your outline to refresh my memory. Let me now if this was helpful. PS: I was swimming twice per week.”

I explain the value of UBE MASTER outline on the Subscription page. However, one important aspect of the outline is that it contains rules for the 1,800+ released NCBE MBE questions. Thus, the UBE MASTER OUTLINE is especially helpful if you are not answering the released NCBE questions (because you previously answered them or because you are limited in time and you would prefer to focus on harder MBE questions). I strongly feel that the MBE materials/advice available on the subscription site help examinees significantly on the MBE. For example, the UBE MASTER OUTLINE contains 175 pages of black letter law on the 7 MBE subjects that is intended to represent the 175 graded MBE questions (meaning you won’t be blindsided by current MBE issues that receive short-shrift in other outlines). Thus, these 175 pages of content (plus another 100 pages of past MBE/MEE issues related to the MBE subjects) can essentially account for about 60-70% of your total UBE score.

If you are an auditory learner, you will love the subscription site. I make MP3s of a lot of the content (samples are on the subscription page) so you can listen to it rather than read it. For example, I make MP3s of the MBE rules for the 1,800+ released NCBE questions. Even if you are not an auditory learner, you should take advantage of these MP3s to form different memory impressions when you study. For example, a subscriber who passed with an MBE of 140.5 after failing with an MBE of 128.1 told me: “I believe in your method and system and like i said, if i can contribute to it further in any way - i would love to. In terms of what single thing helped me pass the MBE - i think it was writing out the MBE rules and listening to the mp3s the night before. My problem was that id get anxious and think i forgot everything - so listening to the mp3s in 2x speed and going over my mbe rules was big for me. I noticed that I'd make the same mistakes on similar issues over and over again so making sure I got those down really helped. Hearing it read out loud to me with the mp3s was big too.” This is another example of where the subscription site acts as a gap-filler – no other bar review has MP3s of the MBE Rules based on NCBE questions.

The most significant way in which the subscription site acts as a gap-filler is the advice and strategies it contains that are derived from my obsession with information and statistics which can help the outcome of individual examinees. The full subscription contains all the modules listed on the Subscription page, meaning you also have access to the MBE, MEE and MPT Strategy pages (which are usually updated and made available about one month before the exam). To me, if you are not continually improving, you are falling behind. Over the past ten years, I have statistically analyzed score sheets (4,000+), essays (2,000+), MPTs (600+), examinees (2,000+ supplemental post exam followups) and bar materials (1,500 bar-related books in a searchable database – if you are curious, I explain it here). Feel free to test me on this – paste 10-15 consecutive (and fairly unique) words from any printed bar exam source you have into an email to me and I will tell you where it is from within a minute (if you really want to test my speed, email me first to make sure I am at my computer, and once I confirm, email me the pasted text). In the past decade, I have likely spent more time analyzing the bar exam than any single person in the world. Thus, there is a lot of really good advice on the site. Everything I tell examinees to do (category priorities, MBE strategies, etc.), I fully explain the rationale behind it. In a way, it makes the subscription site much more daunting (I am aware of this), but I feel it is important for examinees to understand why I am telling them to do something (we know as lawyers that a judge would never issue an opinion without explaining the rationale behind it – I feel a bar review should be held to the same standard).

Do you recommend MBE questions to use?Answered 6/17.

Response Date: June 2017

While I regard some MBE question sources as better than others, it really comes down to the person and how they study. For example, one examinee who used only Barbri questions scored a 180 on the MBE. Another examinee who only used Adaptibar questions scored a 160 on the MBE. Meanwhile, other examinees who use only Barbri or Adaptibar questions will get a 120 on the MBE.

Please note that if you plan to use the released NCBE questions (e.g. Adaptibar, Barmax, Bestmultis, NCBE's website, Strategies & Tactics books, etc.), make sure to use them as a supplement and to focus on the 400 OPE questions (which are from 2006-2013) and take them repeatedly up until the exam date to obtain the rationales for why the options they select are either correct or incorrect (per NCBE’s instructions). The other 1,100 NCBE questions have limited value because of their age (these questions are from 1972-1998). For example, NCBE provides the following warning with their 1992 questions:

“The 581 questions contained in this document appeared on MBEs administered between 1972 and 1991. Because of their dated nature, many of the questions may test principles that have been altered by changes in the law and thus are no longer suitable topics to be tested. As a result, some of the answers shown in the answer key may be incorrect under currently accepted principles of law. Further, many of these questions do not reflect the current style of MBE questions, and a number of the questions appear in formats that are no longer used on the MBE. The questions and answers in this document are provided only for the purpose of providing applicants with a sample of the range and general format of questions that appeared on previously administered MBEs, not as examples of the content currently tested or of the material to be studied for the substance of the examination. Many of these questions are currently in use, sometimes with alteration, by commercial bar review courses under a licensing arrangement with NCBE. Because these questions are available in the marketplace, NCBE is choosing to make them available online. DO NOT USE THESE QUESTIONS TO STUDY CONTENT FOR THE MULTISTATE BAR EXAMINATION!!” see https://donbushell.com/lawaudio/pdf/MBEQuestions1992061411.pdf

Whether inadvertant or deliberate, NCBE uses two exclamation points to emphasize that examinees should not use the 1992 questions to study content for the MBE. The released 1991 and 1998 NCBE MBE questions (available at https://www.ncbex.org/exams/mbe/preparing/) contain similar warnings. Thus, according to the maker of the MBE, over 70% of their released NCBE questions should NOT be used for substantive preparation for the MBE. Personally, I feel that knowing the law behind the released questions is still helpful (I wrote rules for all the 1,800+ released questions so examinees get an idea of the law that has been tested on the exam in the past without having to go through the trouble of answering all the questions), but it is generally not a good idea to devote all your practice time to these questions if they are your only source of substantive MBE knowledge. I find that a lot of retakers actually see their MBE score go down if they only study the NCBE questions in their MBE practice. This is because the question topic distribution of the old NCBE questions is not reflective of the current exam and there are also significant gaps contextually. For example, out of the 1,800+ released NCBE questions, there are only two questions on Double Jeopardy (1/10 of 1% of the questions). In contrast, Double Jeopardy is tested fairly frequently on the current MBE (I expect it to represent about 1% of your total MBE score). Thus, if you only rely on the released NCBE questions for your knowledge of Double Jeopardy, you will be blind-sided on the MBE exam. The entire area of Constitutional Protection of Accused Persons is severely under-represented in the released NCBE questions (it is just 3% of the 1,800 NCBE questions, but expected to be 7% or more of your MBE score). If you miss 50% of the Criminal Procedure MBE questions due to this incomplete knowledge, that represents about 5 MBE points. To cite another major example, what is being tested on MBE Real Property has changed significantly and is not appropriately reflected in Adaptibar, S&T, Barmax, etc. (likewise, most bar reviews have not adjusted). For example, Fair Housing Act and broker commissions are tested on the MBE, yet you won't find these topics in most materials (instead you will find volumes on future interests & RAP which are now rarely tested). Thus, if your MBE study is based only on the law behind the released NCBE MBE questions, you will be under-prepared for some areas and over-prepared for others.

Check my UBE Score Estimator (which is primarily based on NYBOLE/NCBE studies) on seperac.com to predict an estimate of your total UBE score based on the entered demographic/grade data. The further away you are from passing, the fewer inefficiencies you can have in your studies. For example, a Domestic-educated Caucasian First-Time examinee with a high LSAT/LGPA can study somewhat inefficiently (e.g. put a lower percentage of their time into MBE study, or answer MBE practice questions from only one source, or answer only a few hundred MBE questions in practice) and still pass the exam. In contrast, if you are on the other end of the spectrum (Foreign-educated Non-Caucasian Repeat-Taker), you can’t afford any inefficiencies in your studies.

When a high-ability examinee studies for the bar exam, these examinees understand the material better because they had previously understood it in law school (you don’t get high grades in law school unless you demonstrate your knowledge of the subject matter on exams). These examinees generally also have good writing ability and good memory capacity (which contribute to both law school success and bar exam success). Thus, a high-ability examinee can do inefficient things like listen to the bar review lectures and still do fine on the exam. However, the lower your ability, the less room for error you have in your studying. For example, I strongly believe examinees MUST do well on the MBE in order to pass. There will always be outliers where examinees pass based on a low MBE score and a high written score, but in general it is the best measure of an examinee’s ability. This opinion is shared by NCBE who recently stated that "MBE scores are highly related to total bar exam scores." see https://www.ncbex.org/assets/media_files/Bar-Examiner/articles/2011/800411Testing.pdf

MBE scores are likely related to total bar exam scores because it takes a much longer time for lower-ability examinees to do well on the MBE. This is because an examinee essentially needs to understand 400-500 legal principles to receive an above passing MBE score. For example, a single intentional torts question may require you to know about assault, battery, false imprisonment and IIED to answer it correctly. Thus, examinees with limited legal knowledge will not do as well on the MBE as examinees with more extensive legal knowledge. In contrast, the MEE only consists of 20 legal principles (give or take a few). While a deeper understanding of the law is needed, it is MUCH easier for someone to get “lucky” on the MEE than the MBE. Let’s assume that like the MBE, you need 65% correct on the MEE to pass – this means you need to correctly identify/analyze about 13/20 of the MEE issues. If you get lucky on just a few of them (i.e. what you studied the night before luckily appears), this can account for 10-15% of your total MEE score. With every exam, I hear from examinees who “bluffed” essay answers and received good grades. For the MBE, you really can’t get lucky on it. Even if some of the concepts you studied just before the exam appeared, that will only help you with maybe 2-4 questions. That’s just 2% of your MBE score.

Furthermore, doing well on the MBE involves more than just knowledge – it also involves test-taking skills (and skills require drills). Acquiring this knowledge and skill takes a lot of time – thus if you don’t have a lot of time to spend studying/practicing for the MBE, it is hard to do well on it. While study for the other components of the exam can be “abbreviated” to some extent (e.g. using my materials to abbreviate your MEE essay study or just studying certain subjects and getting lucky), MBE study really can’t be given short-shrift, nor can MBE answered be “bluffed” as with the MEE/MPT (another reason why the bar examiners rely heavily on the MBE and even use it to scale essay/MPT scores).

Do you offer any discounts?Answered 7/17.

Response Date: July 2017

I suggest you first try my UBE Score Estimator. If you are expected to pass by 20+ points, continue your current course of study and stop worrying about supplemental materials.

If you are not expected to pass by 20+ points, if you are interested in a quid pro quo, I am offering a $30 coupon code to any examinee who agrees to complete my post-exam followup form within one week after taking the UBE exam. The current version of the post-exam form is here. This post-exam followup form enables me assess the effectiveness of my materials (in a sense, it is how I keep my materials up-to-date). It can also help you later if you find out you failed the exam. For example, using this information, I track the key details of your attempt, so if you fail, I will try to match your responses/statistics to whoever previously submitted the most comparable details (and later passed) to give you their advice on what worked for them. To agree to this quid pro quo, simply use the following code for the $30 discount: YESTOPOSTEXAMFORM

If you are a retaker and you have your essays, I offer an additional $40 discount if you submit them to me (as an added bonus, I will also provide you with a free 40+ page MEE/MPT Analysis report). More information regarding this report is here.

Is your material downloadable immediately or is it shipped?Answered 7/17.

Response Date: July 2017

Everything is immediately downloadable (I do not ship anything to subscribers). Most of my materials are in WORD format, PDF format and MP3 format (explained in detail above). The WORD format lets you edit the material and make it your own. The PDF format lets you print/view it when you don't have WORD. The MP3 format lets you create a different memory impression by alternating your study-method (or when you simply get tired of reading).

 

Email Notification List

If you want to be put on the JULY 2018 EXAM email notification list, please submit your name and email address below. To anyone on the list, I will send out email updates between February 2018-July 2018 based on the following events: (1) enrollment to the subscription site for the July 2018 exam opens; (2) new modules are available; (3) coupon codes are issued for a module; (4) the UBE MASTER outline is released; and (5) tutoring enrollment. Please note that this is merely a notification list - it is not a waiting list.

Email Address
Re-Enter Email Address

To get an idea of when subscription enrollment usually commences, following is a list of prior UBE MASTER OUTLINE release dates:

UBE MASTER OUTLINE release dates

 

MASTER Edition Release Date
July 2018
May 26, 2018
February 2018
December 22, 2017
July 2017
May 26, 2017
February 2017
December 18, 2016
July 2016
May 26, 2016
February 2016
December 20, 2015
July 2015
May 28, 2015
February 2015
December 20, 2014
July 2014
May 28, 2014
February 2014
December 22, 2013
July 2013
May 30, 2013
February 2013
December 23, 2012
July 2012
May 28, 2012
February 2012
December 22, 2011
July 2011
May 28, 2011
February 2011
December 21, 2010
July 2010
May 29, 2010
February 2010
December 21, 2009
July 2009
May 27, 2009
February 2009
December 15, 2008
July 2008
April 8, 2008

 

After the exam, I urge examinees to go back to the UBE MASTER outline to spot the issues and assess the outline's usefulness. In addition, post-exam analysis of how each MASTER version performed in regards to the essays can be viewed here.

If you have any questions, email me at joe@seperac.com.

 

 


© 2007-2018 Seperac Bar Review LLC